diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
161 files changed, 7223 insertions, 700 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines index fe1c1e5bc2..45577117c2 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines +++ b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines @@ -35,10 +35,22 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): - Case arms are indented at the same depth as case and esac lines. + - Redirection operators should be written with space before, but no + space after them. In other words, write 'echo test >"$file"' + instead of 'echo test> $file' or 'echo test > $file'. Note that + even though it is not required by POSIX to double-quote the + redirection target in a variable (as shown above), our code does so + because some versions of bash issue a warning without the quotes. + - We prefer $( ... ) for command substitution; unlike ``, it properly nests. It should have been the way Bourne spelled it from day one, but unfortunately isn't. + - If you want to find out if a command is available on the user's + $PATH, you should use 'type <command>', instead of 'which <command>'. + The output of 'which' is not machine parseable and its exit code + is not reliable across platforms. + - We use POSIX compliant parameter substitutions and avoid bashisms; namely: @@ -81,6 +93,10 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): are ERE elements not BRE (note that \? and \+ are not even part of BRE -- making them accessible from BRE is a GNU extension). + - Use Git's gettext wrappers in git-sh-i18n to make the user + interface translatable. See "Marking strings for translation" in + po/README. + For C programs: - We use tabs to indent, and interpret tabs as taking up to @@ -144,6 +160,9 @@ For C programs: - When we pass <string, length> pair to functions, we should try to pass them in that order. + - Use Git's gettext wrappers to make the user interface + translatable. See "Marking strings for translation" in po/README. + Writing Documentation: Every user-visible change should be reflected in the documentation. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 18c71d763f..5d76a84078 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ MAN1_TXT= \ $(filter-out $(addsuffix .txt, $(ARTICLES) $(SP_ARTICLES)), \ $(wildcard git-*.txt)) \ - gitk.txt git.txt + gitk.txt gitweb.txt git.txt MAN5_TXT=gitattributes.txt gitignore.txt gitmodules.txt githooks.txt \ - gitrepository-layout.txt + gitrepository-layout.txt gitweb.conf.txt MAN7_TXT=gitcli.txt gittutorial.txt gittutorial-2.txt \ gitcvs-migration.txt gitcore-tutorial.txt gitglossary.txt \ - gitdiffcore.txt gitrevisions.txt gitworkflows.txt + gitdiffcore.txt gitnamespaces.txt gitrevisions.txt gitworkflows.txt +MAN7_TXT += gitcredentials.txt MAN_TXT = $(MAN1_TXT) $(MAN5_TXT) $(MAN7_TXT) MAN_XML=$(patsubst %.txt,%.xml,$(MAN_TXT)) @@ -19,7 +20,10 @@ ARTICLES += everyday ARTICLES += git-tools ARTICLES += git-bisect-lk2009 # with their own formatting rules. -SP_ARTICLES = howto/revert-branch-rebase howto/using-merge-subtree user-manual +SP_ARTICLES = user-manual +SP_ARTICLES += howto/revert-branch-rebase +SP_ARTICLES += howto/using-merge-subtree +SP_ARTICLES += howto/using-signed-tag-in-pull-request API_DOCS = $(patsubst %.txt,%,$(filter-out technical/api-index-skel.txt technical/api-index.txt, $(wildcard technical/api-*.txt))) SP_ARTICLES += $(API_DOCS) SP_ARTICLES += technical/api-index @@ -46,8 +50,8 @@ MANPAGE_XSL = manpage-normal.xsl XMLTO_EXTRA = INSTALL?=install RM ?= rm -f -DOC_REF = origin/man -HTML_REF = origin/html +MAN_REPO = ../../git-manpages +HTML_REPO = ../../git-htmldocs infodir?=$(prefix)/share/info MAKEINFO=makeinfo @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ endif # ifndef ASCIIDOC7 -ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a asciidoc7compatible -a no-inline-literal +ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a asciidoc7compatible endif ifdef DOCBOOK_XSL_172 ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-asciidoc-no-roff @@ -120,6 +124,16 @@ SHELL_PATH ?= $(SHELL) # Shell quote; SHELL_PATH_SQ = $(subst ','\'',$(SHELL_PATH)) +ifdef DEFAULT_PAGER +DEFAULT_PAGER_SQ = $(subst ','\'',$(DEFAULT_PAGER)) +ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a 'git-default-pager=$(DEFAULT_PAGER_SQ)' +endif + +ifdef DEFAULT_EDITOR +DEFAULT_EDITOR_SQ = $(subst ','\'',$(DEFAULT_EDITOR)) +ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a 'git-default-editor=$(DEFAULT_EDITOR_SQ)' +endif + # # Please note that there is a minor bug in asciidoc. # The version after 6.0.3 _will_ include the patch found here: @@ -266,6 +280,7 @@ technical/api-index.txt: technical/api-index-skel.txt \ technical/api-index.sh $(patsubst %,%.txt,$(API_DOCS)) $(QUIET_GEN)cd technical && '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./api-index.sh +technical/%.html: ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-relative-html-prefix=../ $(patsubst %,%.html,$(API_DOCS) technical/api-index): %.html : %.txt $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(ASCIIDOC) -b xhtml11 -f asciidoc.conf \ $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) $*.txt @@ -319,6 +334,7 @@ $(patsubst %,%.html,$(ARTICLES)) : %.html : %.txt WEBDOC_DEST = /pub/software/scm/git/docs +howto/%.html: ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-relative-html-prefix=../ $(patsubst %.txt,%.html,$(wildcard howto/*.txt)): %.html : %.txt $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ sed -e '1,/^$$/d' $< | $(ASCIIDOC) $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -b xhtml11 - >$@+ && \ @@ -327,12 +343,23 @@ $(patsubst %.txt,%.html,$(wildcard howto/*.txt)): %.html : %.txt install-webdoc : html '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./install-webdoc.sh $(WEBDOC_DEST) +# You must have a clone of git-htmldocs and git-manpages repositories +# next to the git repository itself for the following to work. + quick-install: quick-install-man -quick-install-man: - '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./install-doc-quick.sh $(DOC_REF) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir) +require-manrepo:: + @if test ! -d $(MAN_REPO); \ + then echo "git-manpages repository must exist at $(MAN_REPO)"; exit 1; fi + +quick-install-man: require-manrepo + '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./install-doc-quick.sh $(MAN_REPO) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir) + +require-htmlrepo:: + @if test ! -d $(HTML_REPO); \ + then echo "git-htmldocs repository must exist at $(HTML_REPO)"; exit 1; fi -quick-install-html: - '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./install-doc-quick.sh $(HTML_REF) $(DESTDIR)$(htmldir) +quick-install-html: require-htmlrepo + '$(SHELL_PATH_SQ)' ./install-doc-quick.sh $(HTML_REPO) $(DESTDIR)$(htmldir) .PHONY: FORCE diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..806a965a1b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Git v1.7.10.1 Release Notes +=========================== + +Additions since v1.7.10 +----------------------- + +Localization message files for Danish and German have been added. + + +Fixes since v1.7.10 +------------------- + + * "git add -p" is not designed to deal with unmerged paths but did + not exclude them and tried to apply funny patches only to fail. + + * "git blame" started missing quite a few changes from the origin + since we stopped using the diff minimalization by default in v1.7.2 + era. + + * When PATH contains an unreadable directory, alias expansion code + did not kick in, and failed with an error that said "git-subcmd" + was not found. + + * "git clean -d -f" (not "-d -f -f") is supposed to protect nested + working trees of independent git repositories that exist in the + current project working tree from getting removed, but the + protection applied only to such working trees that are at the + top-level of the current project by mistake. + + * "git commit --author=$name" did not tell the name that was being + recorded in the resulting commit to hooks, even though it does do + so when the end user overrode the authorship via the + "GIT_AUTHOR_NAME" environment variable. + + * When "git commit --template F" errors out because the user did not + touch the message, it claimed that it aborts due to "empty + message", which was utterly wrong. + + * The regexp configured with diff.wordregex was incorrectly reused + across files. + + * An age-old corner case bug in combine diff (only triggered with -U0 + and the hunk at the beginning of the file needs to be shown) has + been fixed. + + * Rename detection logic used to match two empty files as renames + during merge-recursive, leading to unnatural mismerges. + + * The parser in "fast-import" did not diagnose ":9" style references + that is not followed by required SP/LF as an error. + + * When "git fetch" encounters repositories with too many references, + the command line of "fetch-pack" that is run by a helper + e.g. remote-curl, may fail to hold all of them. Now such an + internal invocation can feed the references through the standard + input of "fetch-pack". + + * "git fetch" that recurses into submodules on demand did not check + if it needs to go into submodules when non branches (most notably, + tags) are fetched. + + * "log -p --graph" used with "--stat" had a few formatting error. + + * Running "notes merge --commit" failed to perform correctly when run + from any directory inside $GIT_DIR/. When "notes merge" stops with + conflicts, $GIT_DIR/NOTES_MERGE_WORKTREE is the place a user edits + to resolve it. + + * The 'push to upstream' implementation was broken in some corner + cases. "git push $there" without refspec, when the current branch + is set to push to a remote different from $there, used to push to + $there using the upstream information to a remote unreleated to + $there. + + * Giving "--continue" to a conflicted "rebase -i" session skipped a + commit that only results in changes to submodules. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7a7e9d6fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +Git v1.7.10.2 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.10.1 +--------------------- + + * The test scaffolding for git-daemon was flaky. + + * The test scaffolding for fast-import was flaky. + + * The filesystem boundary was not correctly reported when .git directory + discovery stopped at a mount point. + + * HTTP transport that requires authentication did not work correctly when + multiple connections are used simultaneously. + + * Minor memory leak during unpack_trees (hence "merge" and "checkout" + to check out another branch) has been plugged. + + * In the older days, the header "Conflicts:" in "cherry-pick" and "merge" + was separated by a blank line from the list of paths that follow for + readability, but when "merge" was rewritten in C, we lost it by + mistake. Remove the newline from "cherry-pick" to make them match + again. + + * The command line parser choked "git cherry-pick $name" when $name can + be both revision name and a pathname, even though $name can never be a + path in the context of the command. + + * The "include.path" facility in the configuration mechanism added in + 1.7.10 forgot to interpret "~/path" and "~user/path" as it should. + + * "git config --rename-section" to rename an existing section into a + bogus one did not check the new name. + + * The "diff --no-index" codepath used limited-length buffers, risking + pathnames getting truncated. Update it to use the strbuf API. + + * The report from "git fetch" said "new branch" even for a non branch + ref. + + * The http-backend (the server side of the smart http transfer) used + to overwrite GIT_COMMITTER_NAME and GIT_COMMITTER_EMAIL with the + value obtained from REMOTE_USER unconditionally, making it + impossible for the server side site-specific customization to use + different identity sources to affect the names logged. It now uses + REMOTE_USER only as a fallback value. + + * "log --graph" was not very friendly with "--stat" option and its + output had line breaks at wrong places. + + * Octopus merge strategy did not reduce heads that are recorded in the + final commit correctly. + + * "git push" over smart-http lost progress output a few releases ago; + this release resurrects it. + + * The error and advice messages given by "git push" when it fails due + to non-ff were not very helpful to new users; it has been broken + into three cases, and each is given a separate advice message. + + * The insn sheet given by "rebase -i" did not make it clear that the + insn lines can be re-ordered to affect the order of the commits in + the resulting history. + + * "git repack" used to write out unreachable objects as loose objects + when repacking, even if such loose objects will immediately pruned + due to its age. + + * A contrib script "rerere-train" did not work out of the box unless + user futzed with her $PATH. + + * "git rev-parse --show-prefix" used to emit nothing when run at the + top-level of the working tree, but now it gives a blank line. + + * The i18n of error message "git stash save" was not properly done. + + * "git submodule" used a sed script that some platforms mishandled. + + * When using a Perl script on a system where "perl" found on user's + $PATH could be ancient or otherwise broken, we allow builders to + specify the path to a good copy of Perl with $PERL_PATH. The + gitweb test forgot to use that Perl when running its test. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..703fbf1d60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Git v1.7.10.3 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.10.2 +--------------------- + + * The message file for German translation has been updated a bit. + + * Running "git checkout" on an unborn branch used to corrupt HEAD. + + * When checking out another commit from an already detached state, we + used to report all commits that are not reachable from any of the + refs as lossage, but some of them might be reachable from the new + HEAD, and there is no need to warn about them. + + * Some time ago, "git clone" lost the progress output for its + "checkout" phase; when run without any "--quiet" option, it should + give progress to the lengthy operation. + + * The directory path used in "git diff --no-index", when it recurses + down, was broken with a recent update after v1.7.10.1 release. + + * "log -z --pretty=tformat:..." did not terminate each record with + NUL. The fix is not entirely correct when the output also asks for + --patch and/or --stat, though. + + * The DWIM behaviour for "log --pretty=format:%gd -g" was somewhat + broken and gave undue precedence to configured log.date, causing + "git stash list" to show "stash@{time stamp string}". + + * "git status --porcelain" ignored "--branch" option by mistake. The + output for "git status --branch -z" was also incorrect and did not + terminate the record for the current branch name with NUL as asked. + + * When a submodule repository uses alternate object store mechanism, + some commands that were started from the superproject did not + notice it and failed with "No such object" errors. The subcommands + of "git submodule" command that recursed into the submodule in a + separate process were OK; only the ones that cheated and peeked + directly into the submodule's repository from the primary process + were affected. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..326670df6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Git v1.7.10.4 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.10.3 +--------------------- + + * The message file for Swedish translation has been updated a bit. + + * A name taken from mailmap was copied into an internal buffer + incorrectly and could overun the buffer if it is too long. + + * A malformed commit object that has a header line chomped in the + middle could kill git with a NULL pointer dereference. + + * An author/committer name that is a single character was mishandled + as an invalid name by mistake. + + * The progress indicator for a large "git checkout" was sent to + stderr even if it is not a terminal. + + * "git grep -e '$pattern'", unlike the case where the patterns are + read from a file, did not treat individual lines in the given + pattern argument as separate regular expressions as it should. + + * When "git rebase" was given a bad commit to replay the history on, + its error message did not correctly give the command line argument + it had trouble parsing. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4db1770e38 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Git v1.7.10.5 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.10.4 +--------------------- + + * "git fast-export" did not give a readable error message when the + same mark erroneously appeared twice in the --import-marks input. + + * "git rebase -p" used to pay attention to rebase.autosquash which + was wrong. "git rebase -p -i" should, but "git rebase -p" by + itself should not. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..58100bf04e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +Git v1.7.10 Release Notes +========================= + +Compatibility Notes +------------------- + + * From this release on, the "git merge" command in an interactive + session will start an editor when it automatically resolves the + merge for the user to explain the resulting commit, just like the + "git commit" command does when it wasn't given a commit message. + + If you have a script that runs "git merge" and keeps its standard + input and output attached to the user's terminal, and if you do not + want the user to explain the resulting merge commits, you can + export GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT environment variable set to "no", like + this: + + #!/bin/sh + GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT=no + export GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT + + to disable this behavior (if you want your users to explain their + merge commits, you do not have to do anything). Alternatively, you + can give the "--no-edit" option to individual invocations of the + "git merge" command if you know everybody who uses your script has + Git v1.7.8 or newer. + + * The "--binary/-b" options to "git am" have been a no-op for quite a + while and were deprecated in mid 2008 (v1.6.0). When you give these + options to "git am", it will now warn and ask you not to use them. + + * When you do not tell which branches and tags to push to the "git + push" command in any way, the command used "matching refs" rule to + update remote branches and tags with branches and tags with the + same name you locally have. In future versions of Git, this will + change to push out only your current branch according to either the + "upstream" or the "current" rule. Although "upstream" may be more + powerful once the user understands Git better, the semantics + "current" gives is simpler and easier to understand for beginners + and may be a safer and better default option. We haven't decided + yet which one to switch to. + + +Updates since v1.7.9 +-------------------- + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * various "gitk" updates. + - show the path to the top level directory in the window title + - update preference edit dialog + - display file list correctly when directories are given on command line + - make "git-describe" output in the log message into a clickable link + - avoid matching the UNIX timestamp part when searching all fields + - give preference to symbolic font names like sans & monospace + - allow comparing two commits using a mark + - "gitk" honors log.showroot configuration. + + * Teams for localizing the messages from the Porcelain layer of + commands are starting to form, thanks to Jiang Xin who volunteered + to be the localization coordinator. Translated messages for + simplified Chinese, Swedish and Portuguese are available. + + * The configuration mechanism learned an "include" facility; an + assignment to the include.path pseudo-variable causes the named + file to be included in-place when Git looks up configuration + variables. + + * A content filter (clean/smudge) used to be just a way to make the + recorded contents "more useful", and allowed to fail; a filter can + now optionally be marked as "required". + + * Options whose names begin with "--no-" (e.g. the "--no-verify" + option of the "git commit" command) can be negated by omitting + "no-" from its name, e.g. "git commit --verify". + + * "git am" learned to pass "-b" option to underlying "git mailinfo", so + that a bracketed string other than "PATCH" at the beginning can be kept. + + * "git clone" learned "--single-branch" option to limit cloning to a + single branch (surprise!); tags that do not point into the history + of the branch are not fetched. + + * "git clone" learned to detach the HEAD in the resulting repository + when the user specifies a tag with "--branch" (e.g., "--branch=v1.0"). + Clone also learned to print the usual "detached HEAD" advice in such + a case, similar to "git checkout v1.0". + + * When showing a patch while ignoring whitespace changes, the context + lines are taken from the postimage, in order to make it easier to + view the output. + + * "git diff --stat" learned to adjust the width of the output on + wider terminals, and give more columns to pathnames as needed. + + * "diff-highlight" filter (in contrib/) was updated to produce more + aesthetically pleasing output. + + * "fsck" learned "--no-dangling" option to omit dangling object + information. + + * "git log -G" and "git log -S" learned to pay attention to the "-i" + option. With "-i", "log -G" ignores the case when finding patch + hunks that introduce or remove a string that matches the given + pattern. Similarly with "-i", "log -S" ignores the case when + finding the commit the given block of text appears or disappears + from the file. + + * "git merge" in an interactive session learned to spawn the editor + by default to let the user edit the auto-generated merge message, + to encourage people to explain their merges better. Legacy scripts + can export GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT=no to retain the historical behavior. + Both "git merge" and "git pull" can be given --no-edit from the + command line to accept the auto-generated merge message. + + * The advice message given when the user didn't give enough clue on + what to merge to "git pull" and "git merge" has been updated to + be more concise and easier to understand. + + * "git push" learned the "--prune" option, similar to "git fetch". + + * The whole directory that houses a top-level superproject managed by + "git submodule" can be moved to another place. + + * "git symbolic-ref" learned the "--short" option to abbreviate the + refname it shows unambiguously. + + * "git tag --list" can be given "--points-at <object>" to limit its + output to those that point at the given object. + + * "gitweb" allows intermediate entries in the directory hierarchy + that leads to a project to be clicked, which in turn shows the + list of projects inside that directory. + + * "gitweb" learned to read various pieces of information for the + repositories lazily, instead of reading everything that could be + needed (including the ones that are not necessary for a specific + task). + + * Project search in "gitweb" shows the substring that matched in the + project name and description highlighted. + + * HTTP transport learned to authenticate with a proxy if needed. + + * A new script "diffall" is added to contrib/; it drives an + external tool to perform a directory diff of two Git revisions + in one go, unlike "difftool" that compares one file at a time. + +Foreign Interface + + * Improved handling of views, labels and branches in "git-p4" (in contrib). + + * "git-p4" (in contrib) suffered from unnecessary merge conflicts when + p4 expanded the embedded $RCS$-like keywords; it can be now told to + unexpand them. + + * Some "git-svn" updates. + + * "vcs-svn"/"svn-fe" learned to read dumps with svn-deltas and + support incremental imports. + + * "git difftool/mergetool" learned to drive DeltaWalker. + +Performance + + * Unnecessary calls to parse_object() "git upload-pack" makes in + response to "git fetch", have been eliminated, to help performance + in repositories with excessive number of refs. + +Internal Implementation (please report possible regressions) + + * Recursive call chains in "git index-pack" to deal with long delta + chains have been flattened, to reduce the stack footprint. + + * Use of add_extra_ref() API is now gone, to make it possible to + cleanly restructure the overall refs API. + + * The command line parser of "git pack-objects" now uses parse-options + API. + + * The test suite supports the new "test_pause" helper function. + + * Parallel to the test suite, there is a beginning of performance + benchmarking framework. + + * t/Makefile is adjusted to prevent newer versions of GNU make from + running tests in seemingly random order. + + * The code to check if a path points at a file beyond a symbolic link + has been restructured to be thread-safe. + + * When pruning directories that has become empty during "git prune" + and "git prune-packed", call closedir() that iterates over a + directory before rmdir() it. + +Also contains minor documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v1.7.9 +------------------ + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v1.7.9 in the maintenance +releases are contained in this release (see release notes to them for +details). + + * Build with NO_PERL_MAKEMAKER was broken and Git::I18N did not work + with versions of Perl older than 5.8.3. + (merge 5eb660e ab/perl-i18n later to maint). + + * "git tag -s" honored "gpg.program" configuration variable since + 1.7.9, but "git tag -v" and "git verify-tag" didn't. + (merge a2c2506 az/verify-tag-use-gpg-config later to maint). + + * "configure" script learned to take "--with-sane-tool-path" from the + command line to record SANE_TOOL_PATH (used to avoid broken platform + tools in /usr/bin) in config.mak.autogen. This may be useful for + people on Solaris who have saner tools outside /usr/xpg[46]/bin. + + * zsh port of bash completion script needed another workaround. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..577eccaacd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Git v1.7.11.1 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.11 +------------------- + + * The cross links in the HTML version of manual pages were broken. + +Also contains minor typofixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0d24d1270 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Git v1.7.11.2 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.11.1 +--------------------- + + * On Cygwin, the platform pread(2) is not thread safe, just like our + own compat/ emulation, and cannot be used in the index-pack + program. Makefile variable NO_THREAD_SAFE_PREAD can be defined to + avoid use of this function in a threaded program. + + * "git add" allows adding a regular file to the path where a + submodule used to exist, but "git update-index" does not allow an + equivalent operation to Porcelain writers. + + * "git archive" incorrectly computed the header checksum; the symptom + was observed only when using pathnames with hi-bit set. + + * "git blame" did not try to make sure that the abbreviated commit + object names in its output are unique. + + * Running "git bundle verify" on a bundle that records a complete + history said "it requires these 0 commits". + + * "git clone --single-branch" to clone a single branch did not limit + the cloning to the specified branch. + + * "git diff --no-index" did not correctly handle relative paths and + did not correctly give exit codes when run under "--quiet" option. + + * "git diff --no-index" did not work with pagers correctly. + + * "git diff COPYING HEAD:COPYING" gave a nonsense error message that + claimed that the treeish HEAD did not have COPYING in it. + + * When "git log" gets "--simplify-merges/by-decoration" together with + "--first-parent", the combination of these options makes the + simplification logic to use in-core commit objects that haven't + been examined for relevance, either producing incorrect result or + taking too long to produce any output. Teach the simplification + logic to ignore commits that the first-parent traversal logic + ignored when both are in effect to work around the issue. + + * "git ls-files --exclude=t -i" did not consider anything under t/ as + excluded, as it did not pay attention to exclusion of leading paths + while walking the index. Other two users of excluded() are also + updated. + + * "git request-pull $url dev" when the tip of "dev" branch was tagged + with "ext4-for-linus" used the contents from the tag in the output + but still asked the "dev" branch to be pulled, not the tag. + +Also contains minor typofixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..64494f89d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +Git v1.7.11.3 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.11.3 +--------------------- + + * The error message from "git push $there :bogo" (and its equivalent + "git push $there --delete bogo") mentioned that we tried and failed + to guess what ref is being deleted based on the LHS of the refspec, + which we don't. + + * A handful of files and directories we create had tighter than + necessary permission bits when the user wanted to have group + writability (e.g. by setting "umask 002"). + + * "commit --amend" used to refuse amending a commit with an empty log + message, with or without "--allow-empty-message". + + * "git commit --amend --only --" was meant to allow "Clever" people to + rewrite the commit message without making any change even when they + have already changes for the next commit added to their index, but + it never worked as advertised since it was introduced in 1.3.0 era. + + * Even though the index can record pathnames longer than 1<<12 bytes, + in some places we were not comparing them in full, potentially + replacing index entries instead of adding. + + * "git show"'s auto-walking behaviour was an unreliable and + unpredictable hack; it now behaves just like "git log" does when it + walks. + + * "git diff", "git status" and anything that internally uses the + comparison machinery was utterly broken when the difference + involved a file with "-" as its name. This was due to the way "git + diff --no-index" was incorrectly bolted on to the system, making + any comparison that involves a file "-" at the root level + incorrectly read from the standard input. + + * We did not have test to make sure "git rebase" without extra options + filters out an empty commit in the original history. + + * "git fast-export" produced an input stream for fast-import without + properly quoting pathnames when they contain SPs in them. + + * "git checkout --detach", when you are still on an unborn branch, + should be forbidden, but it wasn't. + + * Some implementations of Perl terminates "lines" with CRLF even when + the script is operating on just a sequence of bytes. Make sure to + use "$PERL_PATH", the version of Perl the user told Git to use, in + our tests to avoid unnecessary breakages in tests. + +Also contains minor typofixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3a640c2d4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Git v1.7.11.4 Release Notes +=========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.11.3 +--------------------- + + * "$GIT_DIR/COMMIT_EDITMSG" file that is used to hold the commit log + message user edits was not documented. + + * The advise() function did not use varargs correctly to format + its message. + + * When "git am" failed, old timers knew to check .git/rebase-apply/patch + to see what went wrong, but we never told the users about it. + + * "git commit-tree" learned a more natural "-p <parent> <tree>" order + of arguments long time ago, but recently forgot it by mistake. + + * "git diff --no-ext-diff" did not output anything for a typechange + filepair when GIT_EXTERNAL_DIFF is in effect. + + * In 1.7.9 era, we taught "git rebase" about the raw timestamp format + but we did not teach the same trick to "filter-branch", which rolled + a similar logic on its own. + + * When "git submodule add" clones a submodule repository, it can get + confused where to store the resulting submodule repository in the + superproject's .git/ directory when there is a symbolic link in the + path to the current directory. + +Also contains minor typofixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..15b954ca4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.11.txt @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +Git v1.7.11 Release Notes +========================= + +Updates since v1.7.10 +--------------------- + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * A new mode for push, "simple", which is a cross between "current" + and "upstream", has been introduced. "git push" without any refspec + will push the current branch out to the same name at the remote + repository only when it is set to track the branch with the same + name over there. The plan is to make this mode the new default + value when push.default is not configured. + + * A couple of commands learned the "--column" option to produce + columnar output. + + * A third-party tool "git subtree" is distributed in contrib/ + + * A remote helper that acts as a proxy and caches ssl session for the + https:// transport is added to the contrib/ area. + + * Error messages given when @{u} is used for a branch without its + upstream configured have been clarified. + + * Even with the "-q"uiet option, "checkout" used to report setting up + tracking. Also "branch" learned the "-q"uiet option to squelch + informational message. + + * Your build platform may support hardlinks but you may prefer not to + use them, e.g. when installing to DESTDIR to make a tarball and + untarring on a filesystem that has poor support for hardlinks. + There is a Makefile option NO_INSTALL_HARDLINKS for you. + + * The smart-http backend used to always override GIT_COMMITTER_* + variables with REMOTE_USER and REMOTE_ADDR, but these variables are + now preserved when set. + + * "git am" learned the "--include" option, which is an opposite of + existing the "--exclude" option. + + * When "git am -3" needs to fall back to an application of the patch + to a synthesized preimage followed by a 3-way merge, the paths that + needed such treatment are now reported to the end user, so that the + result in them can be eyeballed with extra care. + + * The output from "diff/log --stat" used to always allocate 4 columns + to show the number of modified lines, but not anymore. + + * "git difftool" learned the "--dir-diff" option to spawn external + diff tools that can compare two directory hierarchies at a time + after populating two temporary directories, instead of running an + instance of the external tool once per a file pair. + + * The "fmt-merge-msg" command learned to list the primary contributors + involved in the side topic you are merging in a comment in the merge + commit template. + + * "git rebase" learned to optionally keep commits that do not + introduce any change in the original history. + + * "git push --recurse-submodules" learned to optionally look into the + histories of submodules bound to the superproject and push them + out. + + * A 'snapshot' request to "gitweb" honors If-Modified-Since: header, + based on the commit date. + + * "gitweb" learned to highlight the patch it outputs even more. + +Foreign Interface + + * "git svn" used to die with unwanted SIGPIPE when talking with an HTTP + server that uses keep-alive. + + * "git svn" learned to use platform specific authentication + providers, e.g. gnome-keyring, kwallet, etc. + + * "git p4" has been moved out of the contrib/ area and has seen more + work on importing labels as tags from (and exporting tags as labels + to) p4. + +Performance and Internal Implementation (please report possible regressions) + + * Bash completion script (in contrib/) have been cleaned up to make + future work on it simpler. + + * An experimental "version 4" format of the index file has been + introduced to reduce on-disk footprint and I/O overhead. + + * "git archive" learned to produce its output without reading the + blob object it writes out in memory in its entirety. + + * "git index-pack" that runs when fetching or pushing objects to + complete the packfile on the receiving end learned to use multiple + threads to do its job when available. + + * The code to compute hash values for lines used by the internal diff + engine was optimized on little-endian machines, using the same + trick the kernel folks came up with. + + * "git apply" had some memory leaks plugged. + + * Setting up a revision traversal with many starting points was + inefficient as these were placed in a date-order priority queue + one-by-one. Now they are collected in the queue unordered first, + and sorted immediately before getting used. + + * More lower-level commands learned to use the streaming API to read + from the object store without keeping everything in core. + + * The weighting parameters to suggestion command name typo have been + tweaked, so that "git tags" will suggest "tag?" and not "stage?". + + * Because "sh" on the user's PATH may be utterly broken on some + systems, run-command API now uses SHELL_PATH, not /bin/sh, when + spawning an external command (not applicable to Windows port). + + * The API to iterate over the refs/ hierarchy has been tweaked to + allow walking only a subset of it more efficiently. + +Also contains minor documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v1.7.10 +------------------- + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v1.7.10 in the maintenance +releases are contained in this release (see release notes to them for +details). + + * "git submodule init" used to report "registered for path ..." + even for submodules that were registered earlier. + (cherry-pick c1c259e jl/submodule-report-new-path-once later to maint). + + * "git diff --stat" used to fully count a binary file with modified + execution bits whose contents is unmodified, which was not quite + right. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac9b838e25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Git v1.7.7.1 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7 +------------------ + + * On some BSD systems, adding +s bit on directories is detrimental + (it is not necessary on BSD to begin with). "git init --shared" + has been updated to take this into account without extra makefile + settings on platforms the Makefile knows about. + + * After incorrectly written third-party tools store a tag object in + HEAD, git diagnosed it as a repository corruption and refused to + proceed in order to avoid spreading the damage. We now gracefully + recover from such a situation by pretending as if the commit that + is pointed at by the tag were in HEAD. + + * "git apply --whitespace=error" did not bother to report the exact + line number in the patch that introduced new blank lines at the end + of the file. + + * "git apply --index" did not check corrupted patch. + + * "git checkout $tree $directory/" resurrected paths locally removed or + modified only in the working tree in $directory/ that did not appear + in $directory of the given $tree. They should have been kept intact. + + * "git diff $tree $path" used to apply the pathspec at the output stage, + reading the whole tree, wasting resources. + + * The code to check for updated submodules during a "git fetch" of the + superproject had an unnecessary quadratic loop. + + * "git fetch" from a large bundle did not enable the progress output. + + * When "git fsck --lost-and-found" found that an empty blob object in the + object store is unreachable, it incorrectly reported an error after + writing the lost blob out successfully. + + * "git filter-branch" did not refresh the index before checking that the + working tree was clean. + + * "git grep $tree" when run with multiple threads had an unsafe access to + the object database that should have been protected with mutex. + + * The "--ancestry-path" option to "git log" and friends misbehaved in a + history with complex criss-cross merges and showed an uninteresting + side history as well. + + * Test t1304 assumed LOGNAME is always set, which may not be true on + some systems. + + * Tests with --valgrind failed to find "mergetool" scriptlets. + + * "git patch-id" miscomputed the patch-id in a patch that has a line longer + than 1kB. + + * When an "exec" insn failed after modifying the index and/or the working + tree during "rebase -i", we now check and warn that the changes need to + be cleaned up. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e6bbef2f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Git v1.7.7.2 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.1 +-------------------- + + * We used to drop error messages from libcurl on certain kinds of + errors. + + * Error report from smart HTTP transport, when the connection was + broken in the middle of a transfer, showed a useless message on + a corrupt packet. + + * "git fetch --prune" was unsafe when used with refspecs from the + command line. + + * The attribute mechanism did not use case insensitive match when + core.ignorecase was set. + + * "git bisect" did not notice when it failed to update the working tree + to the next commit to be tested. + + * "git config --bool --get-regexp" failed to separate the variable name + and its value "true" when the variable is defined without "= true". + + * "git remote rename $a $b" were not careful to match the remote name + against $a (i.e. source side of the remote nickname). + + * "git mergetool" did not use its arguments as pathspec, but as a path to + the file that may not even have any conflict. + + * "git diff --[num]stat" used to use the number of lines of context + different from the default, potentially giving different results from + "git diff | diffstat" and confusing the users. + + * "git pull" and "git rebase" did not work well even when GIT_WORK_TREE is + set correctly with GIT_DIR if the current directory is outside the working + tree. + + * "git send-email" did not honor the configured hostname when restarting + the HELO/EHLO exchange after switching TLS on. + + * "gitweb" used to produce a non-working link while showing the contents + of a blob, when JavaScript actions are enabled. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09301f0957 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Git v1.7.7.3 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.2 +-------------------- + + * Adjust the "quick-install-doc" procedures as preformatted + html/manpage are no longer in the source repository. + + * The logic to optimize the locality of the data in a pack introduced in + 1.7.7 was grossly inefficient. + + * The logic to filter out forked projects in the project list in + "gitweb" was broken for some time. + + * "git branch -m/-M" advertised to update RENAME_REF ref in the + commit log message that introduced the feature but not anywhere in + the documentation, and never did update such a ref anyway. This + undocumented misfeature that did not exist has been excised. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5234485e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Git v1.7.7.4 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.3 +-------------------- + + * A few header dependencies were missing from the Makefile. + + * Some newer parts of the code used C99 __VA_ARGS__ while we still + try to cater to older compilers. + + * "git name-rev --all" tried to name all _objects_, naturally failing to + describe many blobs and trees, instead of showing only commits as + advertised in its documentation. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b0931987b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Git v1.7.7.5 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.4 +-------------------- + + * After fetching from a remote that has very long refname, the reporting + output could have corrupted by overrunning a static buffer. + + * "git checkout" and "git merge" treated in-tree .gitignore and exclude + file in $GIT_DIR/info/ directory inconsistently when deciding which + untracked files are ignored and expendable. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8df606d452 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Git v1.7.7.6 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.5 +-------------------- + + * The code to look up attributes for paths reused entries from a wrong + directory when two paths in question are in adjacent directories and + the name of the one directory is a prefix of the other. + + * A wildcard that matches deeper hierarchy given to the "diff-index" command, + e.g. "git diff-index HEAD -- '*.txt'", incorrectly reported additions of + matching files even when there is no change. + + * When producing a "thin pack" (primarily used in bundles and smart + HTTP transfers) out of a fully packed repository, we unnecessarily + avoided sending recent objects as a delta against objects we know + the other side has. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.7.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.7.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e79118d063 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Git v1.7.7.7 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.7.6 +-------------------- + + * An error message from 'git bundle' had an unmatched single quote pair in it. + + * 'git diff --histogram' option was not described. + + * 'git imap-send' carried an unused dead code. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7655cccfaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +Git v1.7.7 Release Notes +======================== + +Updates since v1.7.6 +-------------------- + + * The scripting part of the codebase is getting prepared for i18n/l10n. + + * Interix, Cygwin and Minix ports got updated. + + * Various updates to git-p4 (in contrib/), fast-import, and git-svn. + + * Gitweb learned to read from /etc/gitweb-common.conf when it exists, + before reading from gitweb_config.perl or from /etc/gitweb.conf + (this last one is read only when per-repository gitweb_config.perl + does not exist). + + * Various codepaths that invoked zlib deflate/inflate assumed that these + functions can compress or uncompress more than 4GB data in one call on + platforms with 64-bit long, which has been corrected. + + * Git now recognizes loose objects written by other implementations that + use a non-standard window size for zlib deflation (e.g. Agit running on + Android with 4kb window). We used to reject anything that was not + deflated with 32kb window. + + * Interaction between the use of pager and coloring of the output has + been improved, especially when a command that is not built-in was + involved. + + * "git am" learned to pass the "--exclude=<path>" option through to underlying + "git apply". + + * You can now feed many empty lines before feeding an mbox file to + "git am". + + * "git archive" can be told to pass the output to gzip compression and + produce "archive.tar.gz". + + * "git bisect" can be used in a bare repository (provided that the test + you perform per each iteration does not need a working tree, of + course). + + * The length of abbreviated object names in "git branch -v" output + now honors the core.abbrev configuration variable. + + * "git check-attr" can take relative paths from the command line. + + * "git check-attr" learned an "--all" option to list the attributes for a + given path. + + * "git checkout" (both the code to update the files upon checking out a + different branch and the code to checkout a specific set of files) learned + to stream the data from object store when possible, without having to + read the entire contents of a file into memory first. An earlier round + of this code that is not in any released version had a large leak but + now it has been plugged. + + * "git clone" can now take a "--config key=value" option to set the + repository configuration options that affect the initial checkout. + + * "git commit <paths>..." now lets you feed relative pathspecs that + refer to outside your current subdirectory. + + * "git diff --stat" learned a --stat-count option to limit the output of + a diffstat report. + + * "git diff" learned a "--histogram" option to use a different diff + generation machinery stolen from jgit, which might give better + performance. + + * "git diff" had a weird worst case behaviour that can be triggered + when comparing files with potentially many places that could match. + + * "git fetch", "git push" and friends no longer show connection + errors for addresses that couldn't be connected to when at least one + address succeeds (this is arguably a regression but a deliberate + one). + + * "git grep" learned "--break" and "--heading" options, to let users mimic + the output format of "ack". + + * "git grep" learned a "-W" option that shows wider context using the same + logic used by "git diff" to determine the hunk header. + + * Invoking the low-level "git http-fetch" without "-a" option (which + git itself never did---normal users should not have to worry about + this) is now deprecated. + + * The "--decorate" option to "git log" and its family learned to + highlight grafted and replaced commits. + + * "git rebase master topci" no longer spews usage hints after giving + the "fatal: no such branch: topci" error message. + + * The recursive merge strategy implementation got a fairly large + fix for many corner cases that may rarely happen in real world + projects (it has been verified that none of the 16000+ merges in + the Linux kernel history back to v2.6.12 is affected with the + corner case bugs this update fixes). + + * "git stash" learned an "--include-untracked option". + + * "git submodule update" used to stop at the first error updating a + submodule; it now goes on to update other submodules that can be + updated, and reports the ones with errors at the end. + + * "git push" can be told with the "--recurse-submodules=check" option to + refuse pushing of the supermodule, if any of its submodules' + commits hasn't been pushed out to their remotes. + + * "git upload-pack" and "git receive-pack" learned to pretend that only a + subset of the refs exist in a repository. This may help a site to + put many tiny repositories into one repository (this would not be + useful for larger repositories as repacking would be problematic). + + * "git verify-pack" has been rewritten to use the "index-pack" machinery + that is more efficient in reading objects in packfiles. + + * test scripts for gitweb tried to run even when CGI-related perl modules + are not installed; they now exit early when the latter are unavailable. + +Also contains various documentation updates and minor miscellaneous +changes. + + +Fixes since v1.7.6 +------------------ + +Unless otherwise noted, all fixes in the 1.7.6.X maintenance track are +included in this release. + + * "git branch -m" and "git checkout -b" incorrectly allowed the tip + of the branch that is currently checked out updated. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..33dc948b94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Git v1.7.8.1 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8 +------------------ + + * In some codepaths (notably, checkout and merge), the ignore patterns + recorded in $GIT_DIR/info/exclude were not honored. They now are. + + * "git apply --check" did not error out when given an empty input + without any patch. + + * "git archive" mistakenly allowed remote clients to ask for commits + that are not at the tip of any ref. + + * "git checkout" and "git merge" treated in-tree .gitignore and exclude + file in $GIT_DIR/info/ directory inconsistently when deciding which + untracked files are ignored and expendable. + + * LF-to-CRLF streaming filter used when checking out a large-ish blob + fell into an infinite loop with a rare input. + + * The function header pattern for files with "diff=cpp" attribute did + not consider "type *funcname(type param1,..." as the beginning of a + function. + + * The error message from "git diff" and "git status" when they fail + to inspect changes in submodules did not report which submodule they + had trouble with. + + * After fetching from a remote that has very long refname, the reporting + output could have corrupted by overrunning a static buffer. + + * "git pack-objects" avoids creating cyclic dependencies among deltas + when seeing a broken packfile that records the same object in both + the deflated form and as a delta. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e74f4ef1ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +Git v1.7.8.2 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8.1 +-------------------- + + * Porcelain commands like "git reset" did not distinguish deletions + and type-changes from ordinary modification, and reported them with + the same 'M' moniker. They now use 'D' (for deletion) and 'T' (for + type-change) to match "git status -s" and "git diff --name-status". + + * The configuration file parser used for sizes (e.g. bigFileThreshold) + did not correctly interpret 'g' suffix. + + * The replacement implemention for snprintf used on platforms with + native snprintf that is broken did not use va_copy correctly. + + * LF-to-CRLF streaming filter replaced all LF with CRLF, which might + be techinically correct but not friendly to people who are trying + to recover from earlier mistakes of using CRLF in the repository + data in the first place. It now refrains from doing so for LF that + follows a CR. + + * git native connection going over TCP (not over SSH) did not set + SO_KEEPALIVE option which failed to receive link layer errors. + + * "git branch -m <current branch> HEAD" is an obvious no-op but was not + allowed. + + * "git checkout -m" did not recreate the conflicted state in a "both + sides added, without any common ancestor version" conflict + situation. + + * "git cherry-pick $commit" (not a range) created an unnecessary + sequencer state and interfered with valid workflow to use the + command during a session to cherry-pick multiple commits. + + * You could make "git commit" segfault by giving the "--no-message" + option. + + * "fast-import" did not correctly update an existing notes tree, + possibly corrupting the fan-out. + + * "git fetch-pack" accepted unqualified refs that do not begin with + refs/ by mistake and compensated it by matching the refspec with + tail-match, which was doubly wrong. This broke fetching from a + repository with a funny named ref "refs/foo/refs/heads/master" and a + 'master' branch with "git fetch-pack refs/heads/master", as the + command incorrectly considered the former a "match". + + * "git log --follow" did not honor the rename threshold score given + with the -M option (e.g. "-M50%"). + + * "git mv" gave suboptimal error/warning messages when it overwrites + target files. It also did not pay attention to "-v" option. + + * Authenticated "git push" over dumb HTTP were broken with a recent + change and failed without asking for password when username is + given. + + * "git push" to an empty repository over HTTP were broken with a + recent change to the ref handling. + + * "git push -v" forgot how to be verbose by mistake. It now properly + becomes verbose when asked to. + + * When a "reword" action in "git rebase -i" failed to run "commit --amend", + we did not give the control back to the user to resolve the situation, and + instead kept the original commit log message. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a92714c14b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +Git v1.7.8.3 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8.2 +-------------------- + + * Attempt to fetch from an empty file pretending it to be a bundle did + not error out correctly. + + * gitweb did not correctly fall back to configured $fallback_encoding + that is not 'latin1'. + + * "git clone --depth $n" did not catch a non-number given as $n as an + error. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9bebdbf13d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Git v1.7.8.4 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8.3 +-------------------- + + * The code to look up attributes for paths reused entries from a wrong + directory when two paths in question are in adjacent directories and + the name of the one directory is a prefix of the other. + + * A wildcard that matches deeper hierarchy given to the "diff-index" command, + e.g. "git diff-index HEAD -- '*.txt'", incorrectly reported additions of + matching files even when there is no change. + + * When producing a "thin pack" (primarily used in bundles and smart + HTTP transfers) out of a fully packed repository, we unnecessarily + avoided sending recent objects as a delta against objects we know + the other side has. + + * "git send-email" did not properly treat sendemail.multiedit as a + boolean (e.g. setting it to "false" did not turn it off). + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..011fd2a428 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Git v1.7.8.5 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8.4 +-------------------- + + * Dependency on our thread-utils.h header file was missing for + objects that depend on it in the Makefile. + + * "git am" when fed an empty file did not correctly finish reading it + when it attempts to guess the input format. + + * "git grep -P" (when PCRE is enabled in the build) did not match the + beginning and the end of the line correctly with ^ and $. + + * "git rebase -m" tried to run "git notes copy" needlessly when + nothing was rewritten. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9bf2b741a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Git v1.7.8.6 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.8.5 +-------------------- + + * An error message from 'git bundle' had an unmatched single quote pair in it. + + * 'git diff --histogram' option was not described. + + * Documentation for 'git rev-list' had minor formatting errors. + + * 'git imap-send' carried an unused dead code. + + * The way 'git fetch' implemented its connectivity check over + received objects was overly pessimistic, and wasted a lot of + cycles. + + * Various minor backports of fixes from the 'master' and the 'maint' + branch. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4d90bba0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +Git v1.7.8 Release Notes +======================== + +Updates since v1.7.7 +-------------------- + + * Some git-svn, git-gui, git-p4 (in contrib) and msysgit updates. + + * Updates to bash completion scripts. + + * The build procedure has been taught to take advantage of computed + dependency automatically when the complier supports it. + + * The date parser now accepts timezone designators that lack minutes + part and also has a colon between "hh:mm". + + * The contents of the /etc/mailname file, if exists, is used as the + default value of the hostname part of the committer/author e-mail. + + * "git am" learned how to read from patches generated by Hg. + + * "git archive" talking with a remote repository can report errors + from the remote side in a more informative way. + + * "git branch" learned an explicit --list option to ask for branches + listed, optionally with a glob matching pattern to limit its output. + + * "git check-attr" learned "--cached" option to look at .gitattributes + files from the index, not from the working tree. + + * Variants of "git cherry-pick" and "git revert" that take multiple + commits learned to "--continue" and "--abort". + + * "git daemon" gives more human readble error messages to clients + using ERR packets when appropriate. + + * Errors at the network layer is logged by "git daemon". + + * "git diff" learned "--minimal" option to spend extra cycles to come + up with a minimal patch output. + + * "git diff" learned "--function-context" option to show the whole + function as context that was affected by a change. + + * "git difftool" can be told to skip launching the tool for a path by + answering 'n' to its prompt. + + * "git fetch" learned to honor transfer.fsckobjects configuration to + validate the objects that were received from the other end, just like + "git receive-pack" (the receiving end of "git push") does. + + * "git fetch" makes sure that the set of objects it received from the + other end actually completes the history before updating the refs. + "git receive-pack" (the receiving end of "git push") learned to do the + same. + + * "git fetch" learned that fetching/cloning from a regular file on the + filesystem is not necessarily a request to unpack a bundle file; the + file could be ".git" with "gitdir: <path>" in it. + + * "git for-each-ref" learned "%(contents:subject)", "%(contents:body)" + and "%(contents:signature)". The last one is useful for signed tags. + + * "git grep" used to incorrectly pay attention to .gitignore files + scattered in the directory it was working in even when "--no-index" + option was used. It no longer does this. The "--exclude-standard" + option needs to be given to explicitly activate the ignore + mechanism. + + * "git grep" learned "--untracked" option, where given patterns are + searched in untracked (but not ignored) files as well as tracked + files in the working tree, so that matches in new but not yet + added files do not get missed. + + * The recursive merge backend no longer looks for meaningless + existing merges in submodules unless in the outermost merge. + + * "git log" and friends learned "--children" option. + + * "git ls-remote" learned to respond to "-h"(elp) requests. + + * "mediawiki" remote helper can interact with (surprise!) MediaWiki + with "git fetch" & "git push". + + * "git merge" learned the "--edit" option to allow users to edit the + merge commit log message. + + * "git rebase -i" can be told to use special purpose editor suitable + only for its insn sheet via sequence.editor configuration variable. + + * "git send-email" learned to respond to "-h"(elp) requests. + + * "git send-email" allows the value given to sendemail.aliasfile to begin + with "~/" to refer to the $HOME directory. + + * "git send-email" forces use of Authen::SASL::Perl to work around + issues between Authen::SASL::Cyrus and AUTH PLAIN/LOGIN. + + * "git stash" learned "--include-untracked" option to stash away + untracked/ignored cruft from the working tree. + + * "git submodule clone" does not leak an error message to the UI + level unnecessarily anymore. + + * "git submodule update" learned to honor "none" as the value for + submodule.<name>.update to specify that the named submodule should + not be checked out by default. + + * When populating a new submodule directory with "git submodule init", + the $GIT_DIR metainformation directory for submodules is created inside + $GIT_DIR/modules/<name>/ directory of the superproject and referenced + via the gitfile mechanism. This is to make it possible to switch + between commits in the superproject that has and does not have the + submodule in the tree without re-cloning. + + * "gitweb" leaked unescaped control characters from syntax hiliter + outputs. + + * "gitweb" can be told to give custom string at the end of the HTML + HEAD element. + + * "gitweb" now has its own manual pages. + + +Also contains other documentation updates and minor code cleanups. + + +Fixes since v1.7.7 +------------------ + +Unless otherwise noted, all fixes in the 1.7.7.X maintenance track are +included in this release. + + * HTTP transport did not use pushurl correctly, and also did not tell + what host it is trying to authenticate with when asking for + credentials. + (merge deba493 jk/http-auth later to maint). + + * "git blame" was aborted if started from an uncommitted content and + the path had the textconv filter in effect. + (merge 8518088 ss/blame-textconv-fake-working-tree later to maint). + + * Adding many refs to the local repository in one go (e.g. "git fetch" + that fetches many tags) and looking up a ref by name in a repository + with too many refs were unnecessarily slow. + (merge 17d68a54d jp/get-ref-dir-unsorted later to maint). + + * Report from "git commit" on untracked files was confused under + core.ignorecase option. + (merge 395c7356 jk/name-hash-dirent later to maint). + + * "git merge" did not understand ":/<pattern>" as a way to name a commit. + + " "git push" on the receiving end used to call post-receive and post-update + hooks for attempted removal of non-existing refs. + (merge 160b81ed ph/push-to-delete-nothing later to maint). + + * Help text for "git remote set-url" and "git remote set-branches" + were misspelled. + (merge c49904e fc/remote-seturl-usage-fix later to maint). + (merge 656cdf0 jc/remote-setbranches-usage-fix later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6957183dbb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +Git v1.7.9.1 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9 +------------------ + + * The makefile allowed environment variable X seep into it result in + command names suffixed with unnecessary strings. + + * The set of included header files in compat/inet-{ntop,pton} + wrappers was updated for Windows some time ago, but in a way that + broke Solaris build. + + * rpmbuild noticed an unpackaged but installed *.mo file and failed. + + * Subprocesses spawned from various git programs were often left running + to completion even when the top-level process was killed. + + * "git add -e" learned not to show a diff for an otherwise unmodified + submodule that only has uncommitted local changes in the patch + prepared by for the user to edit. + + * Typo in "git branch --edit-description my-tpoic" was not diagnosed. + + * Using "git grep -l/-L" together with options -W or --break may not + make much sense as the output is to only count the number of hits + and there is no place for file breaks, but the latter options made + "-l/-L" to miscount the hits. + + * "git log --first-parent $pathspec" did not stay on the first parent + chain and veered into side branch from which the whole change to the + specified paths came. + + * "git merge --no-edit $tag" failed to honor the --no-edit option. + + * "git merge --ff-only $tag" failed because it cannot record the + required mergetag without creating a merge, but this is so common + operation for branch that is used _only_ to follow the upstream, so + it was changed to allow fast-forwarding without recording the mergetag. + + * "git mergetool" now gives an empty file as the common base version + to the backend when dealing with the "both sides added, differently" + case. + + * "git push -q" was not sufficiently quiet. + + * When "git push" fails to update any refs, the client side did not + report an error correctly to the end user. + + * "rebase" and "commit --amend" failed to work on commits with ancient + timestamps near year 1970. + + * When asking for a tag to be pulled, "request-pull" did not show the + name of the tag prefixed with "tags/", which would have helped older + clients. + + * "git submodule add $path" forgot to recompute the name to be stored + in .gitmodules when the submodule at $path was once added to the + superproject and already initialized. + + * Many small corner case bugs on "git tag -n" was corrected. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e500da75dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +Git v1.7.9.2 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.1 +-------------------- + + * Bash completion script (in contrib/) did not like a pattern that + begins with a dash to be passed to __git_ps1 helper function. + + * Adaptation of the bash completion script (in contrib/) for zsh + incorrectly listed all subcommands when "git <TAB><TAB>" was given + to ask for list of porcelain subcommands. + + * The build procedure for profile-directed optimized binary was not + working very well. + + * Some systems need to explicitly link -lcharset to get locale_charset(). + + * t5541 ignored user-supplied port number used for HTTP server testing. + + * The error message emitted when we see an empty loose object was + not phrased correctly. + + * The code to ask for password did not fall back to the terminal + input when GIT_ASKPASS is set but does not work (e.g. lack of X + with GUI askpass helper). + + * We failed to give the true terminal width to any subcommand when + they are invoked with the pager, i.e. "git -p cmd". + + * map_user() was not rewriting its output correctly, which resulted + in the user visible symptom that "git blame -e" sometimes showed + excess '>' at the end of email addresses. + + * "git checkout -b" did not allow switching out of an unborn branch. + + * When you have both .../foo and .../foo.git, "git clone .../foo" did not + favor the former but the latter. + + * "git commit" refused to create a commit when entries added with + "add -N" remained in the index, without telling Git what their content + in the next commit should be. We should have created the commit without + these paths. + + * "git diff --stat" said "files", "insertions", and "deletions" even + when it is showing one "file", one "insertion" or one "deletion". + + * The output from "git diff --stat" for two paths that have the same + amount of changes showed graph bars of different length due to the + way we handled rounding errors. + + * "git grep" did not pay attention to -diff (hence -binary) attribute. + + * The transport programs (fetch, push, clone)ignored --no-progress + and showed progress when sending their output to a terminal. + + * Sometimes error status detected by a check in an earlier phase of + "git receive-pack" (the other end of "git push") was lost by later + checks, resulting in false indication of success. + + * "git rev-list --verify" sometimes skipped verification depending on + the phase of the moon, which dates back to 1.7.8.x series. + + * Search box in "gitweb" did not accept non-ASCII characters correctly. + + * Search interface of "gitweb" did not show multiple matches in the same file + correctly. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..91c65012f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Git v1.7.9.3 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.2 +-------------------- + + * "git p4" (in contrib/) submit the changes to a wrong place when the + "--use-client-spec" option is set. + + * The config.mak.autogen generated by optional autoconf support tried + to link the binary with -lintl even when libintl.h is missing from + the system. + + * When the filter driver exits before reading the content before the + main git process writes the contents to be filtered to the pipe to + it, the latter could be killed with SIGPIPE instead of ignoring + such an event as an error. + + * "git add --refresh <pathspec>" used to warn about unmerged paths + outside the given pathspec. + + * The bulk check-in codepath in "git add" streamed contents that + needs smudge/clean filters without running them, instead of punting + and delegating to the codepath to run filters after slurping + everything to core. + + * "git branch --with $that" assumed incorrectly that the user will never + ask the question with nonsense value in $that. + + * "git bundle create" produced a corrupt bundle file upon seeing + commits with excessively long subject line. + + * When a remote helper exits before reading the blank line from the + main git process to signal the end of commands, the latter could be + killed with SIGPIPE. Instead we should ignore such event as a + non-error. + + * The commit log template given with "git merge --edit" did not have + a short instructive text like what "git commit" gives. + + * "git rev-list --verify-objects -q" omitted the extra verification + it needs to do over "git rev-list --objects -q" by mistake. + + * "gitweb" used to drop warnings in the log file when "heads" view is + accessed in a repository whose HEAD does not point at a valid + branch. + + * An invalid regular expression pattern given by an end user made + "gitweb" to return garbled response. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e5217a1889 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Git v1.7.9.4 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.3 +-------------------- + + * The code to synthesize the fake ancestor tree used by 3-way merge + fallback in "git am" was not prepared to read a patch created with + a non-standard -p<num> value. + + * "git bundle" did not record boundary commits correctly when there + are many of them. + + * "git diff-index" and its friends at the plumbing level showed the + "diff --git" header and nothing else for a path whose cached stat + info is dirty without actual difference when asked to produce a + patch. This was a longstanding bug that we could have fixed long + time ago. + + * "gitweb" did use quotemeta() to prepare search string when asked to + do a fixed-string project search, but did not use it by mistake and + used the user-supplied string instead. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.5.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.5.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95cc2bbf2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.5.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Git v1.7.9.5 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.4 +-------------------- + + * When "git config" diagnoses an error in a configuration file and + shows the line number for the offending line, it miscounted if the + error was at the end of line. + + * "git fast-import" accepted "ls" command with an empty path by + mistake. + + * Various new-ish output decoration modes of "git grep" were not + documented in the manual's synopsis section. + + * The "remaining" subcommand to "git rerere" was not documented. + + * "gitweb" used to drop warnings in the log file when "heads" view is + accessed in a repository whose HEAD does not point at a valid + branch. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.6.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74bf8825e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +Git v1.7.9.6 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.5 +-------------------- + + * "git merge $tag" to merge an annotated tag always opens the editor + during an interactive edit session. v1.7.10 series introduced an + environment variable GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT to help older scripts decline + this behaviour, but the maintenance track should also support it. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.7.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.7.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..59667d0f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.7.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Git v1.7.9.7 Release Notes +========================== + +Fixes since v1.7.9.6 +-------------------- + + * An error message from 'git bundle' had an unmatched single quote pair in it. + + * The way 'git fetch' implemented its connectivity check over + received objects was overly pessimistic, and wasted a lot of + cycles. + +Also contains minor fixes and documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95320aad5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/1.7.9.txt @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +Git v1.7.9 Release Notes +======================== + +Updates since v1.7.8 +-------------------- + + * gitk updates accumulated since early 2011. + + * git-gui updated to 0.16.0. + + * git-p4 (in contrib/) updates. + + * Git uses gettext to translate its most common interface messages + into the user's language if translations are available and the + locale is appropriately set. Distributors can drop new PO files + in po/ to add new translations. + + * The code to handle username/password for HTTP transactions used in + "git push" & "git fetch" learned to talk "credential API" to + external programs to cache or store them, to allow integration with + platform native keychain mechanisms. + + * The input prompts in the terminal use our own getpass() replacement + when possible. HTTP transactions used to ask for the username without + echoing back what was typed, but with this change you will see it as + you type. + + * The internals of "revert/cherry-pick" have been tweaked to prepare + building more generic "sequencer" on top of the implementation that + drives them. + + * "git rev-parse FETCH_HEAD" after "git fetch" without specifying + what to fetch from the command line will now show the commit that + would be merged if the command were "git pull". + + * "git add" learned to stream large files directly into a packfile + instead of writing them into individual loose object files. + + * "git checkout -B <current branch> <elsewhere>" is a more intuitive + way to spell "git reset --keep <elsewhere>". + + * "git checkout" and "git merge" learned "--no-overwrite-ignore" option + to tell Git that untracked and ignored files are not expendable. + + * "git commit --amend" learned "--no-edit" option to say that the + user is amending the tree being recorded, without updating the + commit log message. + + * "git commit" and "git reset" re-learned the optimization to prime + the cache-tree information in the index, which makes it faster to + write a tree object out after the index entries are updated. + + * "git commit" detects and rejects an attempt to stuff NUL byte in + the commit log message. + + * "git commit" learned "-S" to GPG-sign the commit; this can be shown + with the "--show-signature" option to "git log". + + * fsck and prune are relatively lengthy operations that still go + silent while making the end-user wait. They learned to give progress + output like other slow operations. + + * The set of built-in function-header patterns for various languages + knows MATLAB. + + * "git log --format='<format>'" learned new %g[nNeE] specifiers to + show information from the reflog entries when walking the reflog + (i.e. with "-g"). + + * "git pull" can be used to fetch and merge an annotated/signed tag, + instead of the tip of a topic branch. The GPG signature from the + signed tag is recorded in the resulting merge commit for later + auditing. + + * "git log" learned "--show-signature" option to show the signed tag + that was merged that is embedded in the merge commit. It also can + show the signature made on the commit with "git commit -S". + + * "git branch --edit-description" can be used to add descriptive text + to explain what a topic branch is about. + + * "git fmt-merge-msg" learned to take the branch description into + account when preparing a merge summary that "git merge" records + when merging a local branch. + + * "git request-pull" has been updated to convey more information + useful for integrators to decide if a topic is worth merging and + what is pulled is indeed what the requestor asked to pull, + including: + + - the tip of the branch being requested to be merged; + - the branch description describing what the topic is about; + - the contents of the annotated tag, when requesting to pull a tag. + + * "git pull" learned to notice 'pull.rebase' configuration variable, + which serves as a global fallback for setting 'branch.<name>.rebase' + configuration variable per branch. + + * "git tag" learned "--cleanup" option to control how the whitespaces + and empty lines in tag message are cleaned up. + + * "gitweb" learned to show side-by-side diff. + +Also contains minor documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v1.7.8 +------------------ + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v1.7.8 in the maintenance +releases are contained in this release (see release notes to them for +details). diff --git a/Documentation/asciidoc.conf b/Documentation/asciidoc.conf index aea8627be0..a26d245ab4 100644 --- a/Documentation/asciidoc.conf +++ b/Documentation/asciidoc.conf @@ -90,6 +90,8 @@ endif::backend-docbook[] endif::doctype-manpage[] ifdef::backend-xhtml11[] +[attributes] +git-relative-html-prefix= [linkgit-inlinemacro] -<a href="{target}.html">{target}{0?({0})}</a> +<a href="{git-relative-html-prefix}{target}.html">{target}{0?({0})}</a> endif::backend-xhtml11[] diff --git a/Documentation/blame-options.txt b/Documentation/blame-options.txt index e76195ac97..d4a51da464 100644 --- a/Documentation/blame-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/blame-options.txt @@ -117,5 +117,4 @@ commit. And the default value is 40. If there are more than one take effect. -h:: ---help:: Show help message. diff --git a/Documentation/config.txt b/Documentation/config.txt index 27b57d226b..b49feb582e 100644 --- a/Documentation/config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config.txt @@ -12,8 +12,9 @@ The configuration variables are used by both the git plumbing and the porcelains. The variables are divided into sections, wherein the fully qualified variable name of the variable itself is the last dot-separated segment and the section name is everything before the last -dot. The variable names are case-insensitive and only alphanumeric -characters are allowed. Some variables may appear multiple times. +dot. The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric +characters and `-`, and must start with an alphabetic character. Some +variables may appear multiple times. Syntax ~~~~~~ @@ -45,17 +46,19 @@ lines. Variables may belong directly to a section or to a given subsection. You can have `[section]` if you have `[section "subsection"]`, but you don't need to. -There is also a case insensitive alternative `[section.subsection]` syntax. -In this syntax, subsection names follow the same restrictions as for section -names. +There is also a deprecated `[section.subsection]` syntax. With this +syntax, the subsection name is converted to lower-case and is also +compared case sensitively. These subsection names follow the same +restrictions as section names. All the other lines (and the remainder of the line after the section header) are recognized as setting variables, in the form 'name = value'. If there is no equal sign on the line, the entire line is taken as 'name' and the variable is recognized as boolean "true". -The variable names are case-insensitive and only alphanumeric -characters and `-` are allowed. There can be more than one value -for a given variable; we say then that variable is multivalued. +The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters +and `-`, and must start with an alphabetic character. There can be more +than one value for a given variable; we say then that the variable is +multivalued. Leading and trailing whitespace in a variable value is discarded. Internal whitespace within a variable value is retained verbatim. @@ -83,6 +86,19 @@ customary UNIX fashion. Some variables may require a special value format. +Includes +~~~~~~~~ + +You can include one config file from another by setting the special +`include.path` variable to the name of the file to be included. The +included file is expanded immediately, as if its contents had been +found at the location of the include directive. If the value of the +`include.path` variable is a relative path, the path is considered to be +relative to the configuration file in which the include directive was +found. The value of `include.path` is subject to tilde expansion: `~/` +is expanded to the value of `$HOME`, and `~user/` to the specified +user's home directory. See below for examples. + Example ~~~~~~~ @@ -105,6 +121,11 @@ Example gitProxy="ssh" for "kernel.org" gitProxy=default-proxy ; for the rest + [include] + path = /path/to/foo.inc ; include by absolute path + path = foo ; expand "foo" relative to the current file + path = ~/foo ; expand "foo" in your $HOME directory + Variables ~~~~~~~~~ @@ -114,40 +135,55 @@ in the appropriate manual page. You will find a description of non-core porcelain configuration variables in the respective porcelain documentation. advice.*:: - When set to 'true', display the given optional help message. - When set to 'false', do not display. The configuration variables - are: + These variables control various optional help messages designed to + aid new users. All 'advice.*' variables default to 'true', and you + can tell Git that you do not need help by setting these to 'false': + -- pushNonFastForward:: - Advice shown when linkgit:git-push[1] refuses - non-fast-forward refs. Default: true. + Set this variable to 'false' if you want to disable + 'pushNonFFCurrent', 'pushNonFFDefault', and + 'pushNonFFMatching' simultaneously. + pushNonFFCurrent:: + Advice shown when linkgit:git-push[1] fails due to a + non-fast-forward update to the current branch. + pushNonFFDefault:: + Advice to set 'push.default' to 'upstream' or 'current' + when you ran linkgit:git-push[1] and pushed 'matching + refs' by default (i.e. you did not provide an explicit + refspec, and no 'push.default' configuration was set) + and it resulted in a non-fast-forward error. + pushNonFFMatching:: + Advice shown when you ran linkgit:git-push[1] and pushed + 'matching refs' explicitly (i.e. you used ':', or + specified a refspec that isn't your current branch) and + it resulted in a non-fast-forward error. statusHints:: Directions on how to stage/unstage/add shown in the output of linkgit:git-status[1] and the template shown - when writing commit messages. Default: true. + when writing commit messages. commitBeforeMerge:: Advice shown when linkgit:git-merge[1] refuses to merge to avoid overwriting local changes. - Default: true. resolveConflict:: Advices shown by various commands when conflicts prevent the operation from being performed. - Default: true. implicitIdentity:: Advice on how to set your identity configuration when your information is guessed from the system username and - domain name. Default: true. - + domain name. detachedHead:: - Advice shown when you used linkgit::git-checkout[1] to + Advice shown when you used linkgit:git-checkout[1] to move to the detach HEAD state, to instruct how to create - a local branch after the fact. Default: true. + a local branch after the fact. + amWorkDir:: + Advice that shows the location of the patch file when + linkgit:git-am[1] fails to apply it. -- core.fileMode:: If false, the executable bit differences between the index and - the working copy are ignored; useful on broken filesystems like FAT. + the working tree are ignored; useful on broken filesystems like FAT. See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. + The default is true, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] @@ -179,7 +215,7 @@ is created. core.trustctime:: If false, the ctime differences between the index and the - working copy are ignored; useful when the inode change time + working tree are ignored; useful when the inode change time is regularly modified by something outside Git (file system crawlers and some backup systems). See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. True by default. @@ -292,7 +328,7 @@ core.ignoreStat:: If true, commands which modify both the working tree and the index will mark the updated paths with the "assume unchanged" bit in the index. These marked files are then assumed to stay unchanged in the - working copy, until you mark them otherwise manually - Git will not + working tree, until you mark them otherwise manually - Git will not detect the file changes by lstat() calls. This is useful on systems where those are very slow, such as Microsoft Windows. See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. @@ -448,8 +484,8 @@ Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. core.excludesfile:: In addition to '.gitignore' (per-directory) and '.git/info/exclude', git looks into this file for patterns - of files which are not meant to be tracked. "{tilde}/" is expanded - to the value of `$HOME` and "{tilde}user/" to the specified user's + of files which are not meant to be tracked. "`~/`" is expanded + to the value of `$HOME` and "`~user/`" to the specified user's home directory. See linkgit:gitignore[5]. core.askpass:: @@ -473,6 +509,12 @@ core.editor:: variable when it is set, and the environment variable `GIT_EDITOR` is not set. See linkgit:git-var[1]. +sequence.editor:: + Text editor used by `git rebase -i` for editing the rebase insn file. + The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell when it is used. + It can be overridden by the `GIT_SEQUENCE_EDITOR` environment variable. + When not configured the default commit message editor is used instead. + core.pager:: The command that git will use to paginate output. Can be overridden with the `GIT_PAGER` environment @@ -670,10 +712,12 @@ branch.<name>.mergeoptions:: branch.<name>.rebase:: When true, rebase the branch <name> on top of the fetched branch, instead of merging the default branch from the default remote when - "git pull" is run. - *NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use - it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] - for details). + "git pull" is run. See "pull.rebase" for doing this in a non + branch-specific manner. ++ +*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use +it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] +for details). browser.<tool>.cmd:: Specify the command to invoke the specified browser. The @@ -815,6 +859,44 @@ color.ui:: `never` if you prefer git commands not to use color unless enabled explicitly with some other configuration or the `--color` option. +column.ui:: + Specify whether supported commands should output in columns. + This variable consists of a list of tokens separated by spaces + or commas: ++ +-- +`always`;; + always show in columns +`never`;; + never show in columns +`auto`;; + show in columns if the output is to the terminal +`column`;; + fill columns before rows (default) +`row`;; + fill rows before columns +`plain`;; + show in one column +`dense`;; + make unequal size columns to utilize more space +`nodense`;; + make equal size columns +-- ++ + This option defaults to 'never'. + +column.branch:: + Specify whether to output branch listing in `git branch` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. + +column.status:: + Specify whether to output untracked files in `git status` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. + +column.tag:: + Specify whether to output tag listing in `git tag` in columns. + See `column.ui` for details. + commit.status:: A boolean to enable/disable inclusion of status information in the commit message template when using an editor to prepare the commit @@ -822,9 +904,32 @@ commit.status:: commit.template:: Specify a file to use as the template for new commit messages. - "{tilde}/" is expanded to the value of `$HOME` and "{tilde}user/" to the + "`~/`" is expanded to the value of `$HOME` and "`~user/`" to the specified user's home directory. +credential.helper:: + Specify an external helper to be called when a username or + password credential is needed; the helper may consult external + storage to avoid prompting the user for the credentials. See + linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for details. + +credential.useHttpPath:: + When acquiring credentials, consider the "path" component of an http + or https URL to be important. Defaults to false. See + linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for more information. + +credential.username:: + If no username is set for a network authentication, use this username + by default. See credential.<context>.* below, and + linkgit:gitcredentials[7]. + +credential.<url>.*:: + Any of the credential.* options above can be applied selectively to + some credentials. For example "credential.https://example.com.username" + would set the default username only for https connections to + example.com. See linkgit:gitcredentials[7] for details on how URLs are + matched. + include::diff-config.txt[] difftool.<tool>.path:: @@ -857,6 +962,13 @@ fetch.recurseSubmodules:: when its superproject retrieves a commit that updates the submodule's reference. +fetch.fsckObjects:: + If it is set to true, git-fetch-pack will check all fetched + objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a + broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. + Defaults to false. If not set, the value of `transfer.fsckObjects` + is used instead. + fetch.unpackLimit:: If the number of objects fetched over the git native transfer is below this @@ -917,7 +1029,7 @@ format.thread:: a boolean value, or `shallow` or `deep`. `shallow` threading makes every mail a reply to the head of the series, where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the - `\--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. + `--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. `deep` threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one. A true boolean value is the same as `shallow`, and a false value disables threading. @@ -1064,12 +1176,40 @@ All gitcvs variables except for 'gitcvs.usecrlfattr' and is one of "ext" and "pserver") to make them apply only for the given access method. +gitweb.category:: +gitweb.description:: +gitweb.owner:: +gitweb.url:: + See linkgit:gitweb[1] for description. + +gitweb.avatar:: +gitweb.blame:: +gitweb.grep:: +gitweb.highlight:: +gitweb.patches:: +gitweb.pickaxe:: +gitweb.remote_heads:: +gitweb.showsizes:: +gitweb.snapshot:: + See linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] for description. + grep.lineNumber:: If set to true, enable '-n' option by default. grep.extendedRegexp:: If set to true, enable '--extended-regexp' option by default. +gpg.program:: + Use this custom program instead of "gpg" found on $PATH when + making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the + same command line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached + signature, "gpg --verify $file - <$signature" is run, and the + program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with + code 0, and to generate an ascii-armored detached signature, the + standard input of "gpg -bsau $key" is fed with the contents to be + signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its + standard output. + gui.commitmsgwidth:: Defines how wide the commit message window is in the linkgit:git-gui[1]. "75" is the default. @@ -1194,9 +1334,18 @@ help.autocorrect:: This is the default. http.proxy:: - Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the 'http_proxy' - environment variable (see linkgit:curl[1]). This can be overridden - on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy + Override the HTTP proxy, normally configured using the 'http_proxy', + 'https_proxy', and 'all_proxy' environment variables (see + `curl(1)`). This can be overridden on a per-remote basis; see + remote.<name>.proxy + +http.cookiefile:: + File containing previously stored cookie lines which should be used + in the git http session, if they match the server. The file format + of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or + the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see linkgit:curl[1]). + NOTE that the file specified with http.cookiefile is only used as + input. No cookies will be stored in the file. http.sslVerify:: Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing @@ -1311,7 +1460,7 @@ instaweb.port:: interactive.singlekey:: In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter). - Currently this is used by the `\--patch` mode of + Currently this is used by the `--patch` mode of linkgit:git-add[1], linkgit:git-checkout[1], linkgit:git-commit[1], linkgit:git-reset[1], and linkgit:git-stash[1]. Note that this setting is silently ignored if portable keystroke input @@ -1319,13 +1468,13 @@ interactive.singlekey:: log.abbrevCommit:: If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and - linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `\--abbrev-commit`. You may - override this option with `\--no-abbrev-commit`. + linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--abbrev-commit`. You may + override this option with `--no-abbrev-commit`. log.date:: Set the default date-time mode for the 'log' command. Setting a value for log.date is similar to using 'git log''s - `\--date` option. Possible values are `relative`, `local`, + `--date` option. Possible values are `relative`, `local`, `default`, `iso`, `rfc`, and `short`; see linkgit:git-log[1] for details. @@ -1515,18 +1664,18 @@ pack.indexVersion:: and this config option ignored whenever the corresponding pack is larger than 2 GB. + -If you have an old git that does not understand the version 2 `{asterisk}.idx` file, +If you have an old git that does not understand the version 2 `*.idx` file, cloning or fetching over a non native protocol (e.g. "http" and "rsync") -that will copy both `{asterisk}.pack` file and corresponding `{asterisk}.idx` file from the +that will copy both `*.pack` file and corresponding `*.idx` file from the other side may give you a repository that cannot be accessed with your -older version of git. If the `{asterisk}.pack` file is smaller than 2 GB, however, +older version of git. If the `*.pack` file is smaller than 2 GB, however, you can use linkgit:git-index-pack[1] on the *.pack file to regenerate -the `{asterisk}.idx` file. +the `*.idx` file. pack.packSizeLimit:: The maximum size of a pack. This setting only affects packing to a file when repacking, i.e. the git:// protocol - is unaffected. It can be overridden by the `\--max-pack-size` + is unaffected. It can be overridden by the `--max-pack-size` option of linkgit:git-repack[1]. The minimum size allowed is limited to 1 MiB. The default is unlimited. Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are @@ -1536,8 +1685,8 @@ pager.<cmd>:: If the value is boolean, turns on or off pagination of the output of a particular git subcommand when writing to a tty. Otherwise, turns on pagination for the subcommand using the - pager specified by the value of `pager.<cmd>`. If `\--paginate` - or `\--no-pager` is specified on the command line, it takes + pager specified by the value of `pager.<cmd>`. If `--paginate` + or `--no-pager` is specified on the command line, it takes precedence over this option. To disable pagination for all commands, set `core.pager` or `GIT_PAGER` to `cat`. @@ -1545,12 +1694,22 @@ pretty.<name>:: Alias for a --pretty= format string, as specified in linkgit:git-log[1]. Any aliases defined here can be used just as the built-in pretty formats could. For example, - running `git config pretty.changelog "format:{asterisk} %H %s"` + running `git config pretty.changelog "format:* %H %s"` would cause the invocation `git log --pretty=changelog` - to be equivalent to running `git log "--pretty=format:{asterisk} %H %s"`. + to be equivalent to running `git log "--pretty=format:* %H %s"`. Note that an alias with the same name as a built-in format will be silently ignored. +pull.rebase:: + When true, rebase branches on top of the fetched branch, instead + of merging the default branch from the default remote when "git + pull" is run. See "branch.<name>.rebase" for setting this on a + per-branch basis. ++ +*NOTE*: this is a possibly dangerous operation; do *not* use +it unless you understand the implications (see linkgit:git-rebase[1] +for details). + pull.octopus:: The default merge strategy to use when pulling multiple branches at once. @@ -1565,12 +1724,30 @@ push.default:: line. Possible values are: + * `nothing` - do not push anything. -* `matching` - push all matching branches. - All branches having the same name in both ends are considered to be - matching. This is the default. +* `matching` - push all branches having the same name in both ends. + This is for those who prepare all the branches into a publishable + shape and then push them out with a single command. It is not + appropriate for pushing into a repository shared by multiple users, + since locally stalled branches will attempt a non-fast forward push + if other users updated the branch. + + + This is currently the default, but Git 2.0 will change the default + to `simple`. * `upstream` - push the current branch to its upstream branch. -* `tracking` - deprecated synonym for `upstream`. + With this, `git push` will update the same remote ref as the one which + is merged by `git pull`, making `push` and `pull` symmetrical. + See "branch.<name>.merge" for how to configure the upstream branch. +* `simple` - like `upstream`, but refuses to push if the upstream + branch's name is different from the local one. This is the safest + option and is well-suited for beginners. It will become the default + in Git 2.0. * `current` - push the current branch to a branch of the same name. + + + The `simple`, `current` and `upstream` modes are for those who want to + push out a single branch after finishing work, even when the other + branches are not yet ready to be pushed out. If you are working with + other people to push into the same shared repository, you would want + to use one of these. rebase.stat:: Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last @@ -1588,7 +1765,8 @@ receive.fsckObjects:: If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a broken link. The result of an abort are only dangling objects. - Defaults to false. + Defaults to false. If not set, the value of `transfer.fsckObjects` + is used instead. receive.unpackLimit:: If the number of objects received in a push is below this @@ -1649,7 +1827,7 @@ remote.<name>.push:: remote.<name>.mirror:: If true, pushing to this remote will automatically behave - as if the `\--mirror` option was given on the command line. + as if the `--mirror` option was given on the command line. remote.<name>.skipDefaultUpdate:: If true, this remote will be skipped by default when updating @@ -1824,6 +2002,11 @@ tar.umask:: archiving user's umask will be used instead. See umask(2) and linkgit:git-archive[1]. +transfer.fsckObjects:: + When `fetch.fsckObjects` or `receive.fsckObjects` are + not set, the value of this variable is used instead. + Defaults to false. + transfer.unpackLimit:: When `fetch.unpackLimit` or `receive.unpackLimit` are not set, the value of this variable is used instead. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-config.txt b/Documentation/diff-config.txt index 1aed79e7dc..67a90a828c 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-config.txt @@ -52,6 +52,10 @@ directories with less than 10% of the total amount of changed files, and accumulating child directory counts in the parent directories: `files,10,cumulative`. +diff.statGraphWidth:: + Limit the width of the graph part in --stat output. If set, applies + to all commands generating --stat output except format-patch. + diff.external:: If this config variable is set, diff generation is not performed using the internal diff machinery, but using the diff --git a/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt b/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt index c57460c03d..55f499a160 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-generate-patch.txt @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ In the above example output, the function signature was changed from both files (hence two `-` removals from both file1 and file2, plus `++` to mean one line that was added does not appear in either file1 nor file2). Also eight other lines are the same -from file1 but do not appear in file2 (hence prefixed with `{plus}`). +from file1 but do not appear in file2 (hence prefixed with `+`). When shown by `git diff-tree -c`, it compares the parents of a merge commit with the merge result (i.e. file1..fileN are the diff --git a/Documentation/diff-options.txt b/Documentation/diff-options.txt index 659de6f123..cf4b216598 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-options.txt @@ -45,17 +45,36 @@ ifndef::git-format-patch[] Synonym for `-p --raw`. endif::git-format-patch[] +--minimal:: + Spend extra time to make sure the smallest possible + diff is produced. + --patience:: Generate a diff using the "patience diff" algorithm. ---stat[=<width>[,<name-width>]]:: - Generate a diffstat. You can override the default - output width for 80-column terminal by `--stat=<width>`. - The width of the filename part can be controlled by - giving another width to it separated by a comma. +--histogram:: + Generate a diff using the "histogram diff" algorithm. + +--stat[=<width>[,<name-width>[,<count>]]]:: + Generate a diffstat. By default, as much space as necessary + will be used for the filename part, and the rest for the graph + part. Maximum width defaults to terminal width, or 80 columns + if not connected to a terminal, and can be overridden by + `<width>`. The width of the filename part can be limited by + giving another width `<name-width>` after a comma. The width + of the graph part can be limited by using + `--stat-graph-width=<width>` (affects all commands generating + a stat graph) or by setting `diff.statGraphWidth=<width>` + (does not affect `git format-patch`). + By giving a third parameter `<count>`, you can limit the + output to the first `<count>` lines, followed by `...` if + there are more. ++ +These parameters can also be set individually with `--stat-width=<width>`, +`--stat-name-width=<name-width>` and `--stat-count=<count>`. --numstat:: - Similar to `\--stat`, but shows number of added and + Similar to `--stat`, but shows number of added and deleted lines in decimal notation and pathname without abbreviation, to make it more machine friendly. For binary files, outputs two `-` instead of saying @@ -146,11 +165,12 @@ any of those replacements occurred. of the `--diff-filter` option on what the status letters mean. --submodule[=<format>]:: - Chose the output format for submodule differences. <format> can be one of - 'short' and 'log'. 'short' just shows pairs of commit names, this format - is used when this option is not given. 'log' is the default value for this - option and lists the commits in that commit range like the 'summary' - option of linkgit:git-submodule[1] does. + Specify how differences in submodules are shown. When `--submodule` + or `--submodule=log` is given, the 'log' format is used. This format lists + the commits in the range like linkgit:git-submodule[1] `summary` does. + Omitting the `--submodule` option or specifying `--submodule=short`, + uses the 'short' format. This format just shows the names of the commits + at the beginning and end of the range. --color[=<when>]:: Show colored diff. @@ -398,7 +418,12 @@ endif::git-format-patch[] Show the context between diff hunks, up to the specified number of lines, thereby fusing hunks that are close to each other. +-W:: +--function-context:: + Show whole surrounding functions of changes. + ifndef::git-format-patch[] +ifndef::git-log[] --exit-code:: Make the program exit with codes similar to diff(1). That is, it exits with 1 if there were differences and @@ -406,6 +431,7 @@ ifndef::git-format-patch[] --quiet:: Disable all output of the program. Implies `--exit-code`. +endif::git-log[] endif::git-format-patch[] --ext-diff:: diff --git a/Documentation/everyday.txt b/Documentation/everyday.txt index ae413e52a5..048337b40f 100644 --- a/Documentation/everyday.txt +++ b/Documentation/everyday.txt @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ you originally wrote. <9> switch to the master branch. <10> merge a topic branch into your master branch. <11> review commit logs; other forms to limit output can be -combined and include `\--max-count=10` (show 10 commits), -`\--until=2005-12-10`, etc. +combined and include `--max-count=10` (show 10 commits), +`--until=2005-12-10`, etc. <12> view only the changes that touch what's in `curses/` directory, since `v2.43` tag. diff --git a/Documentation/git-am.txt b/Documentation/git-am.txt index 6b1b5af64e..19d57a80f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-am.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-am.txt @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ SYNOPSIS [--3way] [--interactive] [--committer-date-is-author-date] [--ignore-date] [--ignore-space-change | --ignore-whitespace] [--whitespace=<option>] [-C<n>] [-p<n>] [--directory=<dir>] - [--reject] [-q | --quiet] [--scissors | --no-scissors] + [--exclude=<path>] [--include=<path>] [--reject] [-q | --quiet] + [--scissors | --no-scissors] [(<mbox> | <Maildir>)...] 'git am' (--continue | --skip | --abort) @@ -39,6 +40,9 @@ OPTIONS --keep:: Pass `-k` flag to 'git mailinfo' (see linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]). +--keep-non-patch:: + Pass `-b` flag to 'git mailinfo' (see linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]). + --keep-cr:: --no-keep-cr:: With `--keep-cr`, call 'git mailsplit' (see linkgit:git-mailsplit[1]) @@ -87,6 +91,8 @@ default. You can use `--no-utf8` to override this. -C<n>:: -p<n>:: --directory=<dir>:: +--exclude=<path>:: +--include=<path>:: --reject:: These flags are passed to the 'git apply' (see linkgit:git-apply[1]) program that applies diff --git a/Documentation/git-archive.txt b/Documentation/git-archive.txt index 9c750e2444..59d73e532f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-archive.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-archive.txt @@ -101,6 +101,25 @@ tar.umask:: details. If `--remote` is used then only the configuration of the remote repository takes effect. +tar.<format>.command:: + This variable specifies a shell command through which the tar + output generated by `git archive` should be piped. The command + is executed using the shell with the generated tar file on its + standard input, and should produce the final output on its + standard output. Any compression-level options will be passed + to the command (e.g., "-9"). An output file with the same + extension as `<format>` will be use this format if no other + format is given. ++ +The "tar.gz" and "tgz" formats are defined automatically and default to +`gzip -cn`. You may override them with custom commands. + +tar.<format>.remote:: + If true, enable `<format>` for use by remote clients via + linkgit:git-upload-archive[1]. Defaults to false for + user-defined formats, but true for the "tar.gz" and "tgz" + formats. + ATTRIBUTES ---------- @@ -123,32 +142,46 @@ while archiving any tree in your `$GIT_DIR/info/attributes` file. EXAMPLES -------- -git archive --format=tar --prefix=junk/ HEAD | (cd /var/tmp/ && tar xf -):: +`git archive --format=tar --prefix=junk/ HEAD | (cd /var/tmp/ && tar xf -)`:: Create a tar archive that contains the contents of the latest commit on the current branch, and extract it in the `/var/tmp/junk` directory. -git archive --format=tar --prefix=git-1.4.0/ v1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz:: +`git archive --format=tar --prefix=git-1.4.0/ v1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz`:: Create a compressed tarball for v1.4.0 release. -git archive --format=tar --prefix=git-1.4.0/ v1.4.0{caret}\{tree\} | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz:: +`git archive --format=tar.gz --prefix=git-1.4.0/ v1.4.0 >git-1.4.0.tar.gz`:: + + Same as above, but using the builtin tar.gz handling. + +`git archive --prefix=git-1.4.0/ -o git-1.4.0.tar.gz v1.4.0`:: + + Same as above, but the format is inferred from the output file. + +`git archive --format=tar --prefix=git-1.4.0/ v1.4.0^{tree} | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz`:: Create a compressed tarball for v1.4.0 release, but without a global extended pax header. -git archive --format=zip --prefix=git-docs/ HEAD:Documentation/ > git-1.4.0-docs.zip:: +`git archive --format=zip --prefix=git-docs/ HEAD:Documentation/ > git-1.4.0-docs.zip`:: Put everything in the current head's Documentation/ directory into 'git-1.4.0-docs.zip', with the prefix 'git-docs/'. -git archive -o latest.zip HEAD:: +`git archive -o latest.zip HEAD`:: Create a Zip archive that contains the contents of the latest commit on the current branch. Note that the output format is inferred by the extension of the output file. +`git config tar.tar.xz.command "xz -c"`:: + + Configure a "tar.xz" format for making LZMA-compressed tarfiles. + You can use it specifying `--format=tar.xz`, or by creating an + output file like `-o foo.tar.xz`. + SEE ALSO -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt index ab60a18470..e4f46bc18d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ The command takes various subcommands, and different options depending on the subcommand: git bisect help - git bisect start [<bad> [<good>...]] [--] [<paths>...] + git bisect start [--no-checkout] [<bad> [<good>...]] [--] [<paths>...] git bisect bad [<rev>] git bisect good [<rev>...] git bisect skip [(<rev>|<range>)...] @@ -263,6 +263,19 @@ rewind the tree to the pristine state. Finally the script should exit with the status of the real test to let the "git bisect run" command loop determine the eventual outcome of the bisect session. +OPTIONS +------- +--no-checkout:: ++ +Do not checkout the new working tree at each iteration of the bisection +process. Instead just update a special reference named 'BISECT_HEAD' to make +it point to the commit that should be tested. ++ +This option may be useful when the test you would perform in each step +does not require a checked out tree. ++ +If the repository is bare, `--no-checkout` is assumed. + EXAMPLES -------- @@ -343,6 +356,25 @@ $ git bisect run sh -c "make || exit 125; ~/check_test_case.sh" This shows that you can do without a run script if you write the test on a single line. +* Locate a good region of the object graph in a damaged repository ++ +------------ +$ git bisect start HEAD <known-good-commit> [ <boundary-commit> ... ] --no-checkout +$ git bisect run sh -c ' + GOOD=$(git for-each-ref "--format=%(objectname)" refs/bisect/good-*) && + git rev-list --objects BISECT_HEAD --not $GOOD >tmp.$$ && + git pack-objects --stdout >/dev/null <tmp.$$ + rc=$? + rm -f tmp.$$ + test $rc = 0' + +------------ ++ +In this case, when 'git bisect run' finishes, bisect/bad will refer to a commit that +has at least one parent whose reachable graph is fully traversable in the sense +required by 'git pack objects'. + + SEE ALSO -------- link:git-bisect-lk2009.html[Fighting regressions with git bisect], diff --git a/Documentation/git-blame.txt b/Documentation/git-blame.txt index 9516914236..7ee923629e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-blame.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-blame.txt @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ introduced the file with: git log --diff-filter=A --pretty=short -- foo and then annotate the change between the commit and its -parents, using `commit{caret}!` notation: +parents, using `commit^!` notation: git blame -C -C -f $commit^! -- foo diff --git a/Documentation/git-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-branch.txt index c50f189827..47235bea04 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-branch.txt @@ -9,18 +9,24 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git branch' [--color[=<when>] | --no-color] [-r | -a] - [-v [--abbrev=<length> | --no-abbrev]] - [(--merged | --no-merged | --contains) [<commit>]] + [--list] [-v [--abbrev=<length> | --no-abbrev]] + [--column[=<options>] | --no-column] + [(--merged | --no-merged | --contains) [<commit>]] [<pattern>...] 'git branch' [--set-upstream | --track | --no-track] [-l] [-f] <branchname> [<start-point>] 'git branch' (-m | -M) [<oldbranch>] <newbranch> 'git branch' (-d | -D) [-r] <branchname>... +'git branch' --edit-description [<branchname>] DESCRIPTION ----------- With no arguments, existing branches are listed and the current branch will be highlighted with an asterisk. Option `-r` causes the remote-tracking -branches to be listed, and option `-a` shows both. +branches to be listed, and option `-a` shows both. This list mode is also +activated by the `--list` option (see below). +<pattern> restricts the output to matching branches, the pattern is a shell +wildcard (i.e., matched using fnmatch(3)). +Multiple patterns may be given; if any of them matches, the branch is shown. With `--contains`, shows only the branches that contain the named commit (in other words, the branches whose tip commits are descendants of the @@ -44,7 +50,7 @@ the remote-tracking branch. This behavior may be changed via the global overridden by using the `--track` and `--no-track` options, and changed later using `git branch --set-upstream`. -With a '-m' or '-M' option, <oldbranch> will be renamed to <newbranch>. +With a `-m` or `-M` option, <oldbranch> will be renamed to <newbranch>. If <oldbranch> had a corresponding reflog, it is renamed to match <newbranch>, and a reflog entry is created to remember the branch renaming. If <newbranch> exists, -M must be used to force the rename @@ -54,7 +60,7 @@ With a `-d` or `-D` option, `<branchname>` will be deleted. You may specify more than one branch for deletion. If the branch currently has a reflog then the reflog will also be deleted. -Use -r together with -d to delete remote-tracking branches. Note, that it +Use `-r` together with `-d` to delete remote-tracking branches. Note, that it only makes sense to delete remote-tracking branches if they no longer exist in the remote repository or if 'git fetch' was configured not to fetch them again. See also the 'prune' subcommand of linkgit:git-remote[1] for a @@ -64,6 +70,7 @@ way to clean up all obsolete remote-tracking branches. OPTIONS ------- -d:: +--delete:: Delete a branch. The branch must be fully merged in its upstream branch, or in `HEAD` if no upstream was set with `--track` or `--set-upstream`. @@ -72,6 +79,7 @@ OPTIONS Delete a branch irrespective of its merged status. -l:: +--create-reflog:: Create the branch's reflog. This activates recording of all changes made to the branch ref, enabling use of date based sha1 expressions such as "<branchname>@\{yesterday}". @@ -84,6 +92,7 @@ OPTIONS already. Without `-f` 'git branch' refuses to change an existing branch. -m:: +--move:: Move/rename a branch and the corresponding reflog. -M:: @@ -99,21 +108,42 @@ OPTIONS default to color output. Same as `--color=never`. +--column[=<options>]:: +--no-column:: + Display branch listing in columns. See configuration variable + column.branch for option syntax.`--column` and `--no-column` + without options are equivalent to 'always' and 'never' respectively. ++ +This option is only applicable in non-verbose mode. + -r:: +--remotes:: List or delete (if used with -d) the remote-tracking branches. -a:: +--all:: List both remote-tracking branches and local branches. +--list:: + Activate the list mode. `git branch <pattern>` would try to create a branch, + use `git branch --list <pattern>` to list matching branches. + -v:: --verbose:: - Show sha1 and commit subject line for each head, along with + When in list mode, + show sha1 and commit subject line for each head, along with relationship to upstream branch (if any). If given twice, print the name of the upstream branch, as well. +-q:: +--quiet:: + Be more quiet when creating or deleting a branch, suppressing + non-error messages. + --abbrev=<length>:: Alter the sha1's minimum display length in the output listing. - The default value is 7. + The default value is 7 and can be overridden by the `core.abbrev` + config option. --no-abbrev:: Display the full sha1s in the output listing rather than abbreviating them. @@ -138,13 +168,18 @@ start-point is either a local or remote-tracking branch. branch.autosetupmerge configuration variable is true. --set-upstream:: - If specified branch does not exist yet or if '--force' has been - given, acts exactly like '--track'. Otherwise sets up configuration - like '--track' would when creating the branch, except that where + If specified branch does not exist yet or if `--force` has been + given, acts exactly like `--track`. Otherwise sets up configuration + like `--track` would when creating the branch, except that where branch points to is not changed. ---contains <commit>:: - Only list branches which contain the specified commit. +--edit-description:: + Open an editor and edit the text to explain what the branch is + for, to be used by various other commands (e.g. `request-pull`). + +--contains [<commit>]:: + Only list branches which contain the specified commit (HEAD + if not specified). --merged [<commit>]:: Only list branches whose tips are reachable from the diff --git a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt index 92b01ec25d..16a6b0aceb 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bundle.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bundle.txt @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ unbundle <file>:: A list of arguments, acceptable to 'git rev-parse' and 'git rev-list' (and containing a named ref, see SPECIFYING REFERENCES below), that specifies the specific objects and references - to transport. For example, `master{tilde}10..master` causes the + to transport. For example, `master~10..master` causes the current master reference to be packaged along with all objects added since its 10th ancestor commit. There is no explicit limit to the number of references and objects that may be @@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ SPECIFYING REFERENCES 'git bundle' will only package references that are shown by 'git show-ref': this includes heads, tags, and remote heads. References -such as `master{tilde}1` cannot be packaged, but are perfectly suitable for +such as `master~1` cannot be packaged, but are perfectly suitable for defining the basis. More than one reference may be packaged, and more than one basis can be specified. The objects packaged are those not contained in the union of the given bases. Each basis can be -specified explicitly (e.g. `^master{tilde}10`), or implicitly (e.g. -`master{tilde}10..master`, `--since=10.days.ago master`). +specified explicitly (e.g. `^master~10`), or implicitly (e.g. +`master~10..master`, `--since=10.days.ago master`). It is very important that the basis used be held by the destination. It is okay to err on the side of caution, causing the bundle file diff --git a/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt b/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt index 30eca6cee6..5abdbaa51c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-check-attr.txt @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ git-check-attr - Display gitattributes information SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git check-attr' attr... [--] pathname... -'git check-attr' --stdin [-z] attr... < <list-of-paths> +'git check-attr' [-a | --all | attr...] [--] pathname... +'git check-attr' --stdin [-z] [-a | --all | attr...] < <list-of-paths> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -19,6 +19,14 @@ For every pathname, this command will list if each attribute is 'unspecified', OPTIONS ------- +-a, --all:: + List all attributes that are associated with the specified + paths. If this option is used, then 'unspecified' attributes + will not be included in the output. + +--cached:: + Consider `.gitattributes` in the index only, ignoring the working tree. + --stdin:: Read file names from stdin instead of from the command-line. @@ -28,8 +36,11 @@ OPTIONS \--:: Interpret all preceding arguments as attributes and all following - arguments as path names. If not supplied, only the first argument will - be treated as an attribute. + arguments as path names. + +If none of `--stdin`, `--all`, or `--` is used, the first argument +will be treated as an attribute and the rest of the arguments as +pathnames. OUTPUT ------ @@ -69,6 +80,13 @@ org/example/MyClass.java: diff: java org/example/MyClass.java: myAttr: set --------------- +* Listing all attributes for a file: +--------------- +$ git check-attr --all -- org/example/MyClass.java +org/example/MyClass.java: diff: java +org/example/MyClass.java: myAttr: set +--------------- + * Listing an attribute for multiple files: --------------- $ git check-attr myAttr -- org/example/MyClass.java org/example/NoMyAttr.java diff --git a/Documentation/git-check-ref-format.txt b/Documentation/git-check-ref-format.txt index c9fdf84a08..98009d1bd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-check-ref-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-check-ref-format.txt @@ -8,8 +8,9 @@ git-check-ref-format - Ensures that a reference name is well formed SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git check-ref-format' <refname> -'git check-ref-format' --print <refname> +'git check-ref-format' [--normalize] + [--[no-]allow-onelevel] [--refspec-pattern] + <refname> 'git check-ref-format' --branch <branchname-shorthand> DESCRIPTION @@ -28,22 +29,28 @@ git imposes the following rules on how references are named: . They can include slash `/` for hierarchical (directory) grouping, but no slash-separated component can begin with a - dot `.`. + dot `.` or end with the sequence `.lock`. . They must contain at least one `/`. This enforces the presence of a category like `heads/`, `tags/` etc. but the actual names are not - restricted. + restricted. If the `--allow-onelevel` option is used, this rule + is waived. . They cannot have two consecutive dots `..` anywhere. . They cannot have ASCII control characters (i.e. bytes whose values are lower than \040, or \177 `DEL`), space, tilde `~`, - caret `{caret}`, colon `:`, question-mark `?`, asterisk `*`, - or open bracket `[` anywhere. + caret `^`, or colon `:` anywhere. -. They cannot end with a slash `/` nor a dot `.`. +. They cannot have question-mark `?`, asterisk `*`, or open + bracket `[` anywhere. See the `--refspec-pattern` option below for + an exception to this rule. -. They cannot end with the sequence `.lock`. +. They cannot begin or end with a slash `/` or contain multiple + consecutive slashes (see the `--normalize` option below for an + exception to this rule) + +. They cannot end with a dot `.`. . They cannot contain a sequence `@{`. @@ -55,10 +62,10 @@ unquoted (by mistake), and also avoids ambiguities in certain reference name expressions (see linkgit:gitrevisions[7]): . A double-dot `..` is often used as in `ref1..ref2`, and in some - contexts this notation means `{caret}ref1 ref2` (i.e. not in + contexts this notation means `^ref1 ref2` (i.e. not in `ref1` and in `ref2`). -. A tilde `~` and caret `{caret}` are used to introduce the postfix +. A tilde `~` and caret `^` are used to introduce the postfix 'nth parent' and 'peel onion' operation. . A colon `:` is used as in `srcref:dstref` to mean "use srcref\'s @@ -68,16 +75,36 @@ reference name expressions (see linkgit:gitrevisions[7]): . at-open-brace `@{` is used as a notation to access a reflog entry. -With the `--print` option, if 'refname' is acceptable, it prints the -canonicalized name of a hypothetical reference with that name. That is, -it prints 'refname' with any extra `/` characters removed. - With the `--branch` option, it expands the ``previous branch syntax'' `@{-n}`. For example, `@{-1}` is a way to refer the last branch you were on. This option should be used by porcelains to accept this syntax anywhere a branch name is expected, so they can act as if you typed the branch name. +OPTIONS +------- +--allow-onelevel:: +--no-allow-onelevel:: + Controls whether one-level refnames are accepted (i.e., + refnames that do not contain multiple `/`-separated + components). The default is `--no-allow-onelevel`. + +--refspec-pattern:: + Interpret <refname> as a reference name pattern for a refspec + (as used with remote repositories). If this option is + enabled, <refname> is allowed to contain a single `*` + in place of a one full pathname component (e.g., + `foo/*/bar` but not `foo/bar*`). + +--normalize:: + Normalize 'refname' by removing any leading slash (`/`) + characters and collapsing runs of adjacent slashes between + name components into a single slash. Iff the normalized + refname is valid then print it to standard output and exit + with a status of 0. (`--print` is a deprecated way to spell + `--normalize`.) + + EXAMPLES -------- @@ -90,7 +117,7 @@ $ git check-ref-format --branch @{-1} * Determine the reference name to use for a new branch: + ------------ -$ ref=$(git check-ref-format --print "refs/heads/$newbranch") || +$ ref=$(git check-ref-format --normalize "refs/heads/$newbranch") || die "we do not like '$newbranch' as a branch name." ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt index c0a96e6c1e..63a251612a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ the conflicted merge in the specified paths. + This means that you can use `git checkout -p` to selectively discard edits from your current working tree. See the ``Interactive Mode'' -section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `\--patch` mode. +section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode. <branch>:: Branch to checkout; if it refers to a branch (i.e., a name that, @@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `\--patch` mode. commit, your HEAD becomes "detached" and you are no longer on any branch (see below for details). + -As a special case, the `"@\{-N\}"` syntax for the N-th last branch +As a special case, the `"@{-N}"` syntax for the N-th last branch checks out the branch (instead of detaching). You may also specify -`-` which is synonymous with `"@\{-1\}"`. +`-` which is synonymous with `"@{-1}"`. + -As a further special case, you may use `"A\...B"` as a shortcut for the +As a further special case, you may use `"A...B"` as a shortcut for the merge base of `A` and `B` if there is exactly one merge base. You can leave out at most one of `A` and `B`, in which case it defaults to `HEAD`. diff --git a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt index 6c9c2cb383..0e170a51ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cherry-pick.txt @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git cherry-pick' [--edit] [-n] [-m parent-number] [-s] [-x] [--ff] <commit>... +'git cherry-pick' --continue +'git cherry-pick' --quit +'git cherry-pick' --abort DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -44,7 +47,9 @@ OPTIONS linkgit:gitrevisions[7]. Sets of commits can be passed but no traversal is done by default, as if the '--no-walk' option was specified, see - linkgit:git-rev-list[1]. + linkgit:git-rev-list[1]. Note that specifying a range will + feed all <commit>... arguments to a single revision walk + (see a later example that uses 'maint master..next'). -e:: --edit:: @@ -100,6 +105,25 @@ effect to your index in a row. cherry-pick'ed commit, then a fast forward to this commit will be performed. +--allow-empty:: + By default, cherry-picking an empty commit will fail, + indicating that an explicit invocation of `git commit + --allow-empty` is required. This option overrides that + behavior, allowing empty commits to be preserved automatically + in a cherry-pick. Note that when "--ff" is in effect, empty + commits that meet the "fast-forward" requirement will be kept + even without this option. Note also, that use of this option only + keeps commits that were initially empty (i.e. the commit recorded the + same tree as its parent). Commits which are made empty due to a + previous commit are dropped. To force the inclusion of those commits + use `--keep-redundant-commits`. + +--keep-redundant-commits:: + If a commit being cherry picked duplicates a commit already in the + current history, it will become empty. By default these + redundant commits are ignored. This option overrides that behavior and + creates an empty commit object. Implies `--allow-empty`. + --strategy=<strategy>:: Use the given merge strategy. Should only be used once. See the MERGE STRATEGIES section in linkgit:git-merge[1] @@ -110,33 +134,46 @@ effect to your index in a row. Pass the merge strategy-specific option through to the merge strategy. See linkgit:git-merge[1] for details. +SEQUENCER SUBCOMMANDS +--------------------- +include::sequencer.txt[] + EXAMPLES -------- -git cherry-pick master:: +`git cherry-pick master`:: Apply the change introduced by the commit at the tip of the master branch and create a new commit with this change. -git cherry-pick ..master:: -git cherry-pick ^HEAD master:: +`git cherry-pick ..master`:: +`git cherry-pick ^HEAD master`:: Apply the changes introduced by all commits that are ancestors of master but not of HEAD to produce new commits. -git cherry-pick master{tilde}4 master{tilde}2:: +`git cherry-pick maint next ^master`:: +`git cherry-pick maint master..next`:: + + Apply the changes introduced by all commits that are + ancestors of maint or next, but not master or any of its + ancestors. Note that the latter does not mean `maint` and + everything between `master` and `next`; specifically, + `maint` will not be used if it is included in `master`. + +`git cherry-pick master~4 master~2`:: Apply the changes introduced by the fifth and third last commits pointed to by master and create 2 new commits with these changes. -git cherry-pick -n master~1 next:: +`git cherry-pick -n master~1 next`:: Apply to the working tree and the index the changes introduced by the second last commit pointed to by master and by the last commit pointed to by next, but do not create any commit with these changes. -git cherry-pick --ff ..next:: +`git cherry-pick --ff ..next`:: If history is linear and HEAD is an ancestor of next, update the working tree and advance the HEAD pointer to match next. @@ -144,7 +181,7 @@ git cherry-pick --ff ..next:: are in next but not HEAD to the current branch, creating a new commit for each new change. -git rev-list --reverse master \-- README | git cherry-pick -n --stdin:: +`git rev-list --reverse master -- README | git cherry-pick -n --stdin`:: Apply the changes introduced by all commits on the master branch that touched README to the working tree and index, diff --git a/Documentation/git-clean.txt b/Documentation/git-clean.txt index 974e04ef1a..79fb984144 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clean.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clean.txt @@ -47,12 +47,14 @@ OPTIONS -e <pattern>:: --exclude=<pattern>:: - Specify special exceptions to not be cleaned. Each <pattern> is - the same form as in $GIT_DIR/info/excludes and this option can be - given multiple times. + In addition to those found in .gitignore (per directory) and + $GIT_DIR/info/exclude, also consider these patterns to be in the + set of the ignore rules in effect. -x:: - Don't use the ignore rules. This allows removing all untracked + Don't use the standard ignore rules read from .gitignore (per + directory) and $GIT_DIR/info/exclude, but do still use the ignore + rules given with `-e` options. This allows removing all untracked files, including build products. This can be used (possibly in conjunction with 'git reset') to create a pristine working directory to test a clean build. diff --git a/Documentation/git-clone.txt b/Documentation/git-clone.txt index b093e45497..6e22522c4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clone.txt @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ SYNOPSIS [-l] [-s] [--no-hardlinks] [-q] [-n] [--bare] [--mirror] [-o <name>] [-b <name>] [-u <upload-pack>] [--reference <repository>] [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] - [--depth <depth>] [--recursive|--recurse-submodules] [--] <repository> + [--depth <depth>] [--[no-]single-branch] + [--recursive|--recurse-submodules] [--] <repository> [<directory>] DESCRIPTION @@ -146,8 +147,9 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. -b <name>:: Instead of pointing the newly created HEAD to the branch pointed to by the cloned repository's HEAD, point to `<name>` branch - instead. In a non-bare repository, this is the branch that will - be checked out. + instead. `--branch` can also take tags and treat them like + detached HEAD. In a non-bare repository, this is the branch + that will be checked out. --upload-pack <upload-pack>:: -u <upload-pack>:: @@ -159,6 +161,17 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. Specify the directory from which templates will be used; (See the "TEMPLATE DIRECTORY" section of linkgit:git-init[1].) +--config <key>=<value>:: +-c <key>=<value>:: + Set a configuration variable in the newly-created repository; + this takes effect immediately after the repository is + initialized, but before the remote history is fetched or any + files checked out. The key is in the same format as expected by + linkgit:git-config[1] (e.g., `core.eol=true`). If multiple + values are given for the same key, each value will be written to + the config file. This makes it safe, for example, to add + additional fetch refspecs to the origin remote. + --depth <depth>:: Create a 'shallow' clone with a history truncated to the specified number of revisions. A shallow repository has a @@ -168,6 +181,14 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. with a long history, and would want to send in fixes as patches. +--single-branch:: + Clone only the history leading to the tip of a single branch, + either specified by the `--branch` option or the primary + branch remote's `HEAD` points at. When creating a shallow + clone with the `--depth` option, this is the default, unless + `--no-single-branch` is given to fetch the histories near the + tips of all branches. + --recursive:: --recurse-submodules:: After the clone is created, initialize all submodules within, diff --git a/Documentation/git-column.txt b/Documentation/git-column.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d6f1cc464 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-column.txt @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +git-column(1) +============= + +NAME +---- +git-column - Display data in columns + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git column' [--command=<name>] [--[raw-]mode=<mode>] [--width=<width>] + [--indent=<string>] [--nl=<string>] [--padding=<n>] + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +This command formats its input into multiple columns. + +OPTIONS +------- +--command=<name>:: + Look up layout mode using configuration variable column.<name> and + column.ui. + +--mode=<mode>:: + Specify layout mode. See configuration variable column.ui for option + syntax. + +--raw-mode=<n>:: + Same as --mode but take mode encoded as a number. This is mainly used + by other commands that have already parsed layout mode. + +--width=<width>:: + Specify the terminal width. By default 'git column' will detect the + terminal width, or fall back to 80 if it is unable to do so. + +--indent=<string>:: + String to be printed at the beginning of each line. + +--nl=<N>:: + String to be printed at the end of each line, + including newline character. + +--padding=<N>:: + The number of spaces between columns. One space by default. + + +Author +------ +Written by Nguyen Thai Ngoc Duy <pclouds@gmail.com> + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt index 0fdb82ee86..6d5a04c83b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt @@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ git-commit-tree - Create a new commit object SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git commit-tree' <tree> [(-p <parent commit>)...] < changelog +'git commit-tree' <tree> [(-p <parent>)...] < changelog +'git commit-tree' [(-p <parent>)...] [(-m <message>)...] [(-F <file>)...] <tree> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -17,7 +18,8 @@ This is usually not what an end user wants to run directly. See linkgit:git-commit[1] instead. Creates a new commit object based on the provided tree object and -emits the new commit object id on stdout. +emits the new commit object id on stdout. The log message is read +from the standard input, unless `-m` or `-F` options are given. A commit object may have any number of parents. With exactly one parent, it is an ordinary commit. Having more than one parent makes @@ -39,9 +41,17 @@ OPTIONS <tree>:: An existing tree object --p <parent commit>:: +-p <parent>:: Each '-p' indicates the id of a parent commit object. +-m <message>:: + A paragraph in the commit log message. This can be given more than + once and each <message> becomes its own paragraph. + +-F <file>:: + Read the commit log message from the given file. Use `-` to read + from the standard input. + Commit Information ------------------ @@ -68,7 +78,9 @@ if set: In case (some of) these environment variables are not set, the information is taken from the configuration items user.name and user.email, or, if not -present, system user name and fully qualified hostname. +present, system user name and the hostname used for outgoing mail (taken +from `/etc/mailname` and falling back to the fully qualified hostname when +that file does not exist). A commit comment is read from stdin. If a changelog entry is not provided via "<" redirection, 'git commit-tree' will just wait @@ -76,20 +88,15 @@ for one to be entered and terminated with ^D. include::date-formats.txt[] -Diagnostics ------------ -You don't exist. Go away!:: - The passwd(5) gecos field couldn't be read -Your parents must have hated you!:: - The passwd(5) gecos field is longer than a giant static buffer. -Your sysadmin must hate you!:: - The passwd(5) name field is longer than a giant static buffer. - Discussion ---------- include::i18n.txt[] +FILES +----- +/etc/mailname + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-write-tree[1] diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit.txt b/Documentation/git-commit.txt index 5cc84a1391..4622297ec9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit.txt @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The content to be added can be specified in several ways: 5. by using the --interactive or --patch switches with the 'commit' command to decide one by one which files or hunks should be part of the commit, - before finalizing the operation. See the ``Interactive Mode`` section of + before finalizing the operation. See the ``Interactive Mode'' section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate these modes. The `--dry-run` option can be used to obtain a @@ -101,12 +101,16 @@ OPTIONS When doing a dry-run, give the output in the short-format. See linkgit:git-status[1] for details. Implies `--dry-run`. +--branch:: + Show the branch and tracking info even in short-format. + --porcelain:: When doing a dry-run, give the output in a porcelain-ready format. See linkgit:git-status[1] for details. Implies `--dry-run`. -z:: +--null:: When showing `short` or `porcelain` status output, terminate entries in the status output with NUL, instead of LF. If no format is given, implies the `--porcelain` output format. @@ -132,11 +136,14 @@ OPTIONS -t <file>:: --template=<file>:: - Use the contents of the given file as the initial version - of the commit message. The editor is invoked and you can - make subsequent changes. If a message is specified using - the `-m` or `-F` options, this option has no effect. This - overrides the `commit.template` configuration variable. + When editing the commit message, start the editor with the + contents in the given file. The `commit.template` configuration + variable is often used to give this option implicitly to the + command. This mechanism can be used by projects that want to + guide participants with some hints on what to write in the message + in what order. If the user exits the editor without editing the + message, the commit is aborted. This has no effect when a message + is given by other means, e.g. with the `-m` or `-F` options. -s:: --signoff:: @@ -186,6 +193,10 @@ OPTIONS current tip -- if it was a merge, it will have the parents of the current tip as parents -- so the current top commit is discarded. + +--no-post-rewrite:: + Bypass the post-rewrite hook. + + -- It is a rough equivalent for: @@ -284,7 +295,7 @@ When recording your own work, the contents of modified files in your working tree are temporarily stored to a staging area called the "index" with 'git add'. A file can be reverted back, only in the index but not in the working tree, -to that of the last commit with `git reset HEAD \-- <file>`, +to that of the last commit with `git reset HEAD -- <file>`, which effectively reverts 'git add' and prevents the changes to this file from participating in the next commit. After building the state to be committed incrementally with these commands, @@ -396,6 +407,15 @@ This command can run `commit-msg`, `prepare-commit-msg`, `pre-commit`, and `post-commit` hooks. See linkgit:githooks[5] for more information. +FILES +----- + +`$GIT_DIR/COMMIT_EDITMSG`:: + This file contains the commit message of a commit in progress. + If `git commit` exits due to an error before creating a commit, + any commit message that has been provided by the user (e.g., in + an editor session) will be available in this file, but will be + overwritten by the next invocation of `git commit`. SEE ALSO -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-config.txt b/Documentation/git-config.txt index e7ecf5d803..d9463cb387 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-config.txt @@ -44,11 +44,15 @@ a "true" or "false" string for bool), or '--path', which does some path expansion (see '--path' below). If no type specifier is passed, no checks or transformations are performed on the value. -The file-option can be one of '--system', '--global' or '--file' -which specify where the values will be read from or written to. -The default is to assume the config file of the current repository, -.git/config unless defined otherwise with GIT_DIR and GIT_CONFIG -(see <<FILES>>). +When reading, the values are read from the system, global and +repository local configuration files by default, and options +'--system', '--global', '--local' and '--file <filename>' can be +used to tell the command to read from only that location (see <<FILES>>). + +When writing, the new value is written to the repository local +configuration file by default, and options '--system', '--global', +'--file <filename>' can be used to tell the command to write to +that location (you can say '--local' but that is the default). This command will fail (with exit code ret) if: @@ -85,8 +89,11 @@ OPTIONS is not exactly one. --get-regexp:: - Like --get-all, but interprets the name as a regular expression. - Also outputs the key names. + Like --get-all, but interprets the name as a regular expression and + writes out the key names. Regular expression matching is currently + case-sensitive and done against a canonicalized version of the key + in which section and variable names are lowercased, but subsection + names are not. --global:: For writing options: write to global ~/.gitconfig file rather than @@ -178,6 +185,11 @@ See also <<FILES>>. Opens an editor to modify the specified config file; either '--system', '--global', or repository (default). +--includes:: +--no-includes:: + Respect `include.*` directives in config files when looking up + values. Defaults to on. + [[FILES]] FILES ----- @@ -186,9 +198,7 @@ If not set explicitly with '--file', there are three files where 'git config' will search for configuration options: $GIT_DIR/config:: - Repository specific configuration file. (The filename is - of course relative to the repository root, not the working - directory.) + Repository specific configuration file. ~/.gitconfig:: User-specific configuration file. Also called "global" diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11edc5a173 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +git-credential-cache--daemon(1) +=============================== + +NAME +---- +git-credential-cache--daemon - temporarily store user credentials in memory + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +git credential-cache--daemon <socket> + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +NOTE: You probably don't want to invoke this command yourself; it is +started automatically when you use linkgit:git-credential-cache[1]. + +This command listens on the Unix domain socket specified by `<socket>` +for `git-credential-cache` clients. Clients may store and retrieve +credentials. Each credential is held for a timeout specified by the +client; once no credentials are held, the daemon exits. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-cache.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-cache.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3d09c5d51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-cache.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +git-credential-cache(1) +======================= + +NAME +---- +git-credential-cache - helper to temporarily store passwords in memory + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +----------------------------- +git config credential.helper 'cache [options]' +----------------------------- + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +This command caches credentials in memory for use by future git +programs. The stored credentials never touch the disk, and are forgotten +after a configurable timeout. The cache is accessible over a Unix +domain socket, restricted to the current user by filesystem permissions. + +You probably don't want to invoke this command directly; it is meant to +be used as a credential helper by other parts of git. See +linkgit:gitcredentials[7] or `EXAMPLES` below. + +OPTIONS +------- + +--timeout <seconds>:: + + Number of seconds to cache credentials (default: 900). + +--socket <path>:: + + Use `<path>` to contact a running cache daemon (or start a new + cache daemon if one is not started). Defaults to + `~/.git-credential-cache/socket`. If your home directory is on a + network-mounted filesystem, you may need to change this to a + local filesystem. + +CONTROLLING THE DAEMON +---------------------- + +If you would like the daemon to exit early, forgetting all cached +credentials before their timeout, you can issue an `exit` action: + +-------------------------------------- +git credential-cache exit +-------------------------------------- + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +The point of this helper is to reduce the number of times you must type +your username or password. For example: + +------------------------------------ +$ git config credential.helper cache +$ git push http://example.com/repo.git +Username: <type your username> +Password: <type your password> + +[work for 5 more minutes] +$ git push http://example.com/repo.git +[your credentials are used automatically] +------------------------------------ + +You can provide options via the credential.helper configuration +variable (this example drops the cache time to 5 minutes): + +------------------------------------------------------- +$ git config credential.helper 'cache --timeout=300' +------------------------------------------------------- + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31093467d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +git-credential-store(1) +======================= + +NAME +---- +git-credential-store - helper to store credentials on disk + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +------------------- +git config credential.helper 'store [options]' +------------------- + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +NOTE: Using this helper will store your passwords unencrypted on disk, +protected only by filesystem permissions. If this is not an acceptable +security tradeoff, try linkgit:git-credential-cache[1], or find a helper +that integrates with secure storage provided by your operating system. + +This command stores credentials indefinitely on disk for use by future +git programs. + +You probably don't want to invoke this command directly; it is meant to +be used as a credential helper by other parts of git. See +linkgit:gitcredentials[7] or `EXAMPLES` below. + +OPTIONS +------- + +--store=<path>:: + + Use `<path>` to store credentials. The file will have its + filesystem permissions set to prevent other users on the system + from reading it, but will not be encrypted or otherwise + protected. Defaults to `~/.git-credentials`. + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +The point of this helper is to reduce the number of times you must type +your username or password. For example: + +------------------------------------------ +$ git config credential.helper store +$ git push http://example.com/repo.git +Username: <type your username> +Password: <type your password> + +[several days later] +$ git push http://example.com/repo.git +[your credentials are used automatically] +------------------------------------------ + +STORAGE FORMAT +-------------- + +The `.git-credentials` file is stored in plaintext. Each credential is +stored on its own line as a URL like: + +------------------------------ +https://user:pass@example.com +------------------------------ + +When git needs authentication for a particular URL context, +credential-store will consider that context a pattern to match against +each entry in the credentials file. If the protocol, hostname, and +username (if we already have one) match, then the password is returned +to git. See the discussion of configuration in linkgit:gitcredentials[7] +for more information. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt index 827bc988ed..88d814af0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Configuring database backend 'git-cvsserver' uses the Perl DBI module. Please also read its documentation if changing these variables, especially -about `DBI\->connect()`. +about `DBI->connect()`. gitcvs.dbname:: Database name. The exact meaning depends on the diff --git a/Documentation/git-daemon.txt b/Documentation/git-daemon.txt index ebd13be72e..31b28fc29f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-daemon.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-daemon.txt @@ -93,14 +93,14 @@ OPTIONS Listen on an alternative port. Incompatible with '--inetd' option. --init-timeout=<n>:: - Timeout between the moment the connection is established and the - client request is received (typically a rather low value, since + Timeout (in seconds) between the moment the connection is established + and the client request is received (typically a rather low value, since that should be basically immediate). --timeout=<n>:: - Timeout for specific client sub-requests. This includes the time - it takes for the server to process the sub-request and the time spent - waiting for the next client's request. + Timeout (in seconds) for specific client sub-requests. This includes + the time it takes for the server to process the sub-request and the + time spent waiting for the next client's request. --max-connections=<n>:: Maximum number of concurrent clients, defaults to 32. Set it to @@ -161,6 +161,16 @@ the facility of inet daemon to achieve the same before spawning repository configuration. By default, all the services are overridable. +--informative-errors:: +--no-informative-errors:: + When informative errors are turned on, git-daemon will report + more verbose errors to the client, differentiating conditions + like "no such repository" from "repository not exported". This + is more convenient for clients, but may leak information about + the existence of unexported repositories. When informative + errors are not enabled, all errors report "access denied" to the + client. The default is --no-informative-errors. + <directory>:: A directory to add to the whitelist of allowed directories. Unless --strict-paths is specified this will also include subdirectories diff --git a/Documentation/git-difftool.txt b/Documentation/git-difftool.txt index a03515f1ec..31fc2e3aed 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-difftool.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-difftool.txt @@ -19,6 +19,12 @@ linkgit:git-diff[1]. OPTIONS ------- +-d:: +--dir-diff:: + Copy the modified files to a temporary location and perform + a directory diff on them. This mode never prompts before + launching the diff tool. + -y:: --no-prompt:: Do not prompt before launching a diff tool. @@ -30,10 +36,9 @@ OPTIONS -t <tool>:: --tool=<tool>:: - Use the diff tool specified by <tool>. - Valid merge tools are: - araxis, bc3, diffuse, emerge, ecmerge, gvimdiff, kdiff3, - kompare, meld, opendiff, p4merge, tkdiff, vimdiff and xxdiff. + Use the diff tool specified by <tool>. Valid values include + emerge, kompare, meld, and vimdiff. Run `git difftool --tool-help` + for the list of valid <tool> settings. + If a diff tool is not specified, 'git difftool' will use the configuration variable `diff.tool`. If the @@ -61,6 +66,9 @@ of the diff post-image. `$MERGED` is the name of the file which is being compared. `$BASE` is provided for compatibility with custom merge tool commands and has the same value as `$MERGED`. +--tool-help:: + Print a list of diff tools that may be used with `--tool`. + -x <command>:: --extcmd=<command>:: Specify a custom command for viewing diffs. diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt index a29ac021d9..d6487e1ce0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt @@ -83,6 +83,10 @@ marks the same across runs. allow that. So fake a tagger to be able to fast-import the output. +--use-done-feature:: + Start the stream with a 'feature done' stanza, and terminate + it with a 'done' command. + --no-data:: Skip output of blob objects and instead refer to blobs via their original SHA-1 hash. This is useful when rewriting the @@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ marks the same across runs. [<git-rev-list-args>...]:: A list of arguments, acceptable to 'git rev-parse' and 'git rev-list', that specifies the specific objects and references - to export. For example, `master{tilde}10..master` causes the + to export. For example, `master~10..master` causes the current master reference to be exported along with all objects added since its 10th ancestor commit. diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt index 95e480ef79..2620d28b4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt @@ -98,9 +98,16 @@ OPTIONS options. --cat-blob-fd=<fd>:: - Specify the file descriptor that will be written to - when the `cat-blob` command is encountered in the stream. - The default behaviour is to write to `stdout`. + Write responses to `cat-blob` and `ls` queries to the + file descriptor <fd> instead of `stdout`. Allows `progress` + output intended for the end-user to be separated from other + output. + +--done:: + Require a `done` command at the end of the stream. + This option might be useful for detecting errors that + cause the frontend to terminate before it has started to + write a stream. --export-pack-edges=<file>:: After creating a packfile, print a line of data to @@ -331,6 +338,11 @@ and control the current import process. More detailed discussion standard output. This command is optional and is not needed to perform an import. +`done`:: + Marks the end of the stream. This command is optional + unless the `done` feature was requested using the + `--done` command line option or `feature done` command. + `cat-blob`:: Causes fast-import to print a blob in 'cat-file --batch' format to the file descriptor set with `--cat-blob-fd` or @@ -414,8 +426,8 @@ Here `<name>` is the person's display name (for example (``cm@example.com''). `LT` and `GT` are the literal less-than (\x3c) and greater-than (\x3e) symbols. These are required to delimit the email address from the other fields in the line. Note that -`<name>` is free-form and may contain any sequence of bytes, except -`LT` and `LF`. It is typically UTF-8 encoded. +`<name>` and `<email>` are free-form and may contain any sequence +of bytes, except `LT`, `GT` and `LF`. `<name>` is typically UTF-8 encoded. The time of the change is specified by `<when>` using the date format that was selected by the \--date-format=<fmt> command line option. @@ -467,9 +479,9 @@ current branch value should be written as: ---- from refs/heads/branch^0 ---- -The `{caret}0` suffix is necessary as fast-import does not permit a branch to +The `^0` suffix is necessary as fast-import does not permit a branch to start from itself, and the branch is created in memory before the -`from` command is even read from the input. Adding `{caret}0` will force +`from` command is even read from the input. Adding `^0` will force fast-import to resolve the commit through Git's revision parsing library, rather than its internal branch table, thereby loading in the existing value of the branch. @@ -931,6 +943,9 @@ This command can be used anywhere in the stream that comments are accepted. In particular, the `cat-blob` command can be used in the middle of a commit but not in the middle of a `data` command. +See ``Responses To Commands'' below for details about how to read +this output safely. + `ls` ~~~~ Prints information about the object at a path to a file descriptor @@ -964,7 +979,7 @@ Reading from a named tree:: See `filemodify` above for a detailed description of `<path>`. -Output uses the same format as `git ls-tree <tree> {litdd} <path>`: +Output uses the same format as `git ls-tree <tree> -- <path>`: ==== <mode> SP ('blob' | 'tree' | 'commit') SP <dataref> HT <path> LF @@ -980,6 +995,9 @@ instead report missing SP <path> LF ==== +See ``Responses To Commands'' below for details about how to read +this output safely. + `feature` ~~~~~~~~~ Require that fast-import supports the specified feature, or abort if @@ -1001,10 +1019,14 @@ force:: (see OPTIONS, above). import-marks:: +import-marks-if-exists:: Like --import-marks except in two respects: first, only one - "feature import-marks" command is allowed per stream; - second, an --import-marks= command-line option overrides - any "feature import-marks" command in the stream. + "feature import-marks" or "feature import-marks-if-exists" + command is allowed per stream; second, an --import-marks= + or --import-marks-if-exists command-line option overrides + any of these "feature" commands in the stream; third, + "feature import-marks-if-exists" like a corresponding + command-line option silently skips a nonexistent file. cat-blob:: ls:: @@ -1021,6 +1043,11 @@ notes:: Versions of fast-import not supporting notes will exit with a message indicating so. +done:: + Error out if the stream ends without a 'done' command. + Without this feature, errors causing the frontend to end + abruptly at a convenient point in the stream can go + undetected. `option` ~~~~~~~~ @@ -1050,6 +1077,44 @@ not be passed as option: * cat-blob-fd * force +`done` +~~~~~~ +If the `done` feature is not in use, treated as if EOF was read. +This can be used to tell fast-import to finish early. + +If the `--done` command line option or `feature done` command is +in use, the `done` command is mandatory and marks the end of the +stream. + +Responses To Commands +--------------------- +New objects written by fast-import are not available immediately. +Most fast-import commands have no visible effect until the next +checkpoint (or completion). The frontend can send commands to +fill fast-import's input pipe without worrying about how quickly +they will take effect, which improves performance by simplifying +scheduling. + +For some frontends, though, it is useful to be able to read back +data from the current repository as it is being updated (for +example when the source material describes objects in terms of +patches to be applied to previously imported objects). This can +be accomplished by connecting the frontend and fast-import via +bidirectional pipes: + +==== + mkfifo fast-import-output + frontend <fast-import-output | + git fast-import >fast-import-output +==== + +A frontend set up this way can use `progress`, `ls`, and `cat-blob` +commands to read information from the import in progress. + +To avoid deadlock, such frontends must completely consume any +pending output from `progress`, `ls`, and `cat-blob` before +performing writes to fast-import that might block. + Crash Reports ------------- If fast-import is supplied invalid input it will terminate with a diff --git a/Documentation/git-fetch-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-fetch-pack.txt index ed1bdaacd1..474fa307a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fetch-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fetch-pack.txt @@ -32,6 +32,16 @@ OPTIONS --all:: Fetch all remote refs. +--stdin:: + Take the list of refs from stdin, one per line. If there + are refs specified on the command line in addition to this + option, then the refs from stdin are processed after those + on the command line. ++ +If '--stateless-rpc' is specified together with this option then +the list of refs must be in packet format (pkt-line). Each ref must +be in a separate packet, and the list must end with a flush packet. + -q:: --quiet:: Pass '-q' flag to 'git unpack-objects'; this makes the diff --git a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt index 0f2f117383..81f58234a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ OPTIONS --index-filter <command>:: This is the filter for rewriting the index. It is similar to the tree filter but does not check out the tree, which makes it much - faster. Frequently used with `git rm \--cached - \--ignore-unmatch ...`, see EXAMPLES below. For hairy + faster. Frequently used with `git rm --cached + --ignore-unmatch ...`, see EXAMPLES below. For hairy cases, see linkgit:git-update-index[1]. --parent-filter <command>:: @@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ However, if the file is absent from the tree of some commit, a simple `rm filename` will fail for that tree and commit. Thus you may instead want to use `rm -f filename` as the script. -Using `\--index-filter` with 'git rm' yields a significantly faster +Using `--index-filter` with 'git rm' yields a significantly faster version. Like with using `rm filename`, `git rm --cached filename` will fail if the file is absent from the tree of a commit. If you want to "completely forget" a file, it does not matter when it entered -history, so we also add `\--ignore-unmatch`: +history, so we also add `--ignore-unmatch`: -------------------------------------------------------------------------- git filter-branch --index-filter 'git rm --cached --ignore-unmatch filename' HEAD @@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ git filter-branch --subdirectory-filter foodir -- --all ------------------------------------------------------- Thus you can, e.g., turn a library subdirectory into a repository of -its own. Note the `\--` that separates 'filter-branch' options from -revision options, and the `\--all` to rewrite all branches and tags. +its own. Note the `--` that separates 'filter-branch' options from +revision options, and the `--all` to rewrite all branches and tags. To set a commit (which typically is at the tip of another history) to be the parent of the current initial commit, in @@ -371,23 +371,23 @@ Checklist for Shrinking a Repository ------------------------------------ git-filter-branch is often used to get rid of a subset of files, -usually with some combination of `\--index-filter` and -`\--subdirectory-filter`. People expect the resulting repository to +usually with some combination of `--index-filter` and +`--subdirectory-filter`. People expect the resulting repository to be smaller than the original, but you need a few more steps to actually make it smaller, because git tries hard not to lose your objects until you tell it to. First make sure that: * You really removed all variants of a filename, if a blob was moved - over its lifetime. `git log \--name-only \--follow \--all \-- - filename` can help you find renames. + over its lifetime. `git log --name-only --follow --all -- filename` + can help you find renames. -* You really filtered all refs: use `\--tag-name-filter cat \-- - \--all` when calling git-filter-branch. +* You really filtered all refs: use `--tag-name-filter cat -- --all` + when calling git-filter-branch. Then there are two ways to get a smaller repository. A safer way is to clone, that keeps your original intact. -* Clone it with `git clone +++file:///path/to/repo+++`. The clone +* Clone it with `git clone file:///path/to/repo`. The clone will not have the removed objects. See linkgit:git-clone[1]. (Note that cloning with a plain path just hardlinks everything!) @@ -397,14 +397,14 @@ approach, so *make a backup* or go back to cloning it. You have been warned. * Remove the original refs backed up by git-filter-branch: say `git - for-each-ref \--format="%(refname)" refs/original/ | xargs -n 1 git + for-each-ref --format="%(refname)" refs/original/ | xargs -n 1 git update-ref -d`. -* Expire all reflogs with `git reflog expire \--expire=now \--all`. +* Expire all reflogs with `git reflog expire --expire=now --all`. -* Garbage collect all unreferenced objects with `git gc \--prune=now` +* Garbage collect all unreferenced objects with `git gc --prune=now` (or if your git-gc is not new enough to support arguments to - `\--prune`, use `git repack -ad; git prune` instead). + `--prune`, use `git repack -ad; git prune` instead). GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt b/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt index 32aff954a2..3a0f55ec8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fmt-merge-msg.txt @@ -53,6 +53,11 @@ OPTIONS CONFIGURATION ------------- +merge.branchdesc:: + In addition to branch names, populate the log message with + the branch description text associated with them. Defaults + to false. + merge.log:: In addition to branch names, populate the log message with at most the specified number of one-line descriptions from the diff --git a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt index 152e695c81..c872b883ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-for-each-ref.txt @@ -101,9 +101,10 @@ Fields that have name-email-date tuple as its value (`author`, `committer`, and `tagger`) can be suffixed with `name`, `email`, and `date` to extract the named component. -The first line of the message in a commit and tag object is -`subject`, the remaining lines are `body`. The whole message -is `contents`. +The complete message in a commit and tag object is `contents`. +Its first line is `contents:subject`, the remaining lines +are `contents:body` and the optional GPG signature +is `contents:signature`. For sorting purposes, fields with numeric values sort in numeric order (`objectsize`, `authordate`, `committerdate`, `taggerdate`). diff --git a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt index d13c9b23f7..04c7346e3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ There are two ways to specify which commits to operate on. The first rule takes precedence in the case of a single <commit>. To apply the second rule, i.e., format everything since the beginning of history up until <commit>, use the '\--root' option: `git format-patch -\--root <commit>`. If you want to format only <commit> itself, you +--root <commit>`. If you want to format only <commit> itself, you can do this with `git format-patch -1 <commit>`. By default, each output file is numbered sequentially from 1, and uses the @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ include::diff-options.txt[] The optional <style> argument can be either `shallow` or `deep`. 'shallow' threading makes every mail a reply to the head of the series, where the head is chosen from the cover letter, the -`\--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. 'deep' +`--in-reply-to`, and the first patch mail, in this order. 'deep' threading makes every mail a reply to the previous one. + The default is `--no-thread`, unless the 'format.thread' configuration @@ -166,15 +166,22 @@ will want to ensure that threading is disabled for `git send-email`. --to=<email>:: Add a `To:` header to the email headers. This is in addition to any configured headers, and may be used multiple times. + The negated form `--no-to` discards all `To:` headers added so + far (from config or command line). --cc=<email>:: Add a `Cc:` header to the email headers. This is in addition to any configured headers, and may be used multiple times. + The negated form `--no-cc` discards all `Cc:` headers added so + far (from config or command line). --add-header=<header>:: Add an arbitrary header to the email headers. This is in addition to any configured headers, and may be used multiple times. - For example, `--add-header="Organization: git-foo"` + For example, `--add-header="Organization: git-foo"`. + The negated form `--no-add-header` discards *all* (`To:`, + `Cc:`, and custom) headers added so far from config or command + line. --cover-letter:: In addition to the patches, generate a cover letter file diff --git a/Documentation/git-fsck.txt b/Documentation/git-fsck.txt index a2a508dc28..bbb25da2dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fsck.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fsck.txt @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git fsck' [--tags] [--root] [--unreachable] [--cache] [--no-reflogs] - [--[no-]full] [--strict] [--verbose] [--lost-found] [<object>*] + [--[no-]full] [--strict] [--verbose] [--lost-found] + [--[no-]dangling] [--[no-]progress] [<object>*] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -29,6 +30,11 @@ index file, all SHA1 references in .git/refs/*, and all reflogs (unless Print out objects that exist but that aren't reachable from any of the reference nodes. +--dangling:: +--no-dangling:: + Print objects that exist but that are never 'directly' used (default). + `--no-dangling` can be used to omit this information from the output. + --root:: Report root nodes. @@ -72,30 +78,28 @@ index file, all SHA1 references in .git/refs/*, and all reflogs (unless a blob, the contents are written into the file, rather than its object name. -It tests SHA1 and general object sanity, and it does full tracking of -the resulting reachability and everything else. It prints out any -corruption it finds (missing or bad objects), and if you use the -'--unreachable' flag it will also print out objects that exist but -that aren't reachable from any of the specified head nodes. - -So for example +--progress:: +--no-progress:: + Progress status is reported on the standard error stream by + default when it is attached to a terminal, unless + --no-progress or --verbose is specified. --progress forces + progress status even if the standard error stream is not + directed to a terminal. - git fsck --unreachable HEAD \ - $(git for-each-ref --format="%(objectname)" refs/heads) +DISCUSSION +---------- -will do quite a _lot_ of verification on the tree. There are a few -extra validity tests to be added (make sure that tree objects are -sorted properly etc), but on the whole if 'git fsck' is happy, you -do have a valid tree. +git-fsck tests SHA1 and general object sanity, and it does full tracking +of the resulting reachability and everything else. It prints out any +corruption it finds (missing or bad objects), and if you use the +'--unreachable' flag it will also print out objects that exist but that +aren't reachable from any of the specified head nodes (or the default +set, as mentioned above). Any corrupt objects you will have to find in backups or other archives (i.e., you can just remove them and do an 'rsync' with some other site in the hopes that somebody else has the object you have corrupted). -Of course, "valid tree" doesn't mean that it wasn't generated by some -evil person, and the end result might be crap. git is a revision -tracking system, not a quality assurance system ;) - Extracted Diagnostics --------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-gc.txt b/Documentation/git-gc.txt index 815afcb922..b370b025b8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-gc.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-gc.txt @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ The optional configuration variable 'gc.reflogExpireUnreachable' can be set to indicate how long historical reflog entries which are not part of the current branch should remain available in this repository. These types of entries are generally created as -a result of using `git commit \--amend` or `git rebase` and are the +a result of using `git commit --amend` or `git rebase` and are the commits prior to the amend or rebase occurring. Since these changes are not part of the current project most users will want to expire them sooner. This option defaults to '30 days'. diff --git a/Documentation/git-grep.txt b/Documentation/git-grep.txt index e150c77cff..3bec036883 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-grep.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-grep.txt @@ -20,16 +20,20 @@ SYNOPSIS [-c | --count] [--all-match] [-q | --quiet] [--max-depth <depth>] [--color[=<when>] | --no-color] + [--break] [--heading] [-p | --show-function] [-A <post-context>] [-B <pre-context>] [-C <context>] + [-W | --function-context] [-f <file>] [-e] <pattern> [--and|--or|--not|(|)|-e <pattern>...] - [--cached | --no-index | <tree>...] + [ [--exclude-standard] [--cached | --no-index | --untracked] | <tree>...] [--] [<pathspec>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- Look for specified patterns in the tracked files in the work tree, blobs -registered in the index file, or blobs in given tree objects. +registered in the index file, or blobs in given tree objects. Patterns +are lists of one or more search expressions separated by newline +characters. An empty string as search expression matches all lines. CONFIGURATION @@ -49,7 +53,20 @@ OPTIONS blobs registered in the index file. --no-index:: - Search files in the current directory, not just those tracked by git. + Search files in the current directory that is not managed by git. + +--untracked:: + In addition to searching in the tracked files in the working + tree, search also in untracked files. + +--no-exclude-standard:: + Also search in ignored files by not honoring the `.gitignore` + mechanism. Only useful with `--untracked`. + +--exclude-standard:: + Do not pay attention to ignored files specified via the `.gitignore` + mechanism. Only useful when searching files in the current directory + with `--no-index`. -a:: --text:: @@ -66,6 +83,9 @@ OPTIONS --max-depth <depth>:: For each <pathspec> given on command line, descend at most <depth> levels of directories. A negative value means no limit. + This option is ignored if <pathspec> contains active wildcards. + In other words if "a*" matches a directory named "a*", + "*" is matched literally so --max-depth is still effective. -w:: --word-regexp:: @@ -148,14 +168,12 @@ OPTIONS gives the default to color output. Same as `--color=never`. --[ABC] <context>:: - Show `context` trailing (`A` -- after), or leading (`B` - -- before), or both (`C` -- context) lines, and place a - line containing `--` between contiguous groups of - matches. +--break:: + Print an empty line between matches from different files. --<num>:: - A shortcut for specifying `-C<num>`. +--heading:: + Show the filename above the matches in that file instead of + at the start of each shown line. -p:: --show-function:: @@ -165,6 +183,29 @@ OPTIONS patch hunk headers (see 'Defining a custom hunk-header' in linkgit:gitattributes[5]). +-<num>:: +-C <num>:: +--context <num>:: + Show <num> leading and trailing lines, and place a line + containing `--` between contiguous groups of matches. + +-A <num>:: +--after-context <num>:: + Show <num> trailing lines, and place a line containing + `--` between contiguous groups of matches. + +-B <num>:: +--before-context <num>:: + Show <num> leading lines, and place a line containing + `--` between contiguous groups of matches. + +-W:: +--function-context:: + Show the surrounding text from the previous line containing a + function name up to the one before the next function name, + effectively showing the whole function in which the match was + found. + -f <file>:: Read patterns from <file>, one per line. @@ -208,15 +249,15 @@ OPTIONS Examples -------- -git grep {apostrophe}time_t{apostrophe} \-- {apostrophe}*.[ch]{apostrophe}:: +`git grep 'time_t' -- '*.[ch]'`:: Looks for `time_t` in all tracked .c and .h files in the working directory and its subdirectories. -git grep -e {apostrophe}#define{apostrophe} --and \( -e MAX_PATH -e PATH_MAX \):: +`git grep -e '#define' --and \( -e MAX_PATH -e PATH_MAX \)`:: Looks for a line that has `#define` and either `MAX_PATH` or `PATH_MAX`. -git grep --all-match -e NODE -e Unexpected:: +`git grep --all-match -e NODE -e Unexpected`:: Looks for a line that has `NODE` or `Unexpected` in files that have lines that match both. diff --git a/Documentation/git-gui.txt b/Documentation/git-gui.txt index 18f713b67a..0041994443 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-gui.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-gui.txt @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ version:: Examples -------- -git gui blame Makefile:: +`git gui blame Makefile`:: Show the contents of the file 'Makefile' in the current working directory, and provide annotations for both the @@ -59,41 +59,41 @@ git gui blame Makefile:: uncommitted changes (if any) are explicitly attributed to 'Not Yet Committed'. -git gui blame v0.99.8 Makefile:: +`git gui blame v0.99.8 Makefile`:: Show the contents of 'Makefile' in revision 'v0.99.8' and provide annotations for each line. Unlike the above example the file is read from the object database and not the working directory. -git gui blame --line=100 Makefile:: +`git gui blame --line=100 Makefile`:: Loads annotations as described above and automatically scrolls the view to center on line '100'. -git gui citool:: +`git gui citool`:: Make one commit and return to the shell when it is complete. This command returns a non-zero exit code if the window was closed in any way other than by making a commit. -git gui citool --amend:: +`git gui citool --amend`:: Automatically enter the 'Amend Last Commit' mode of the interface. -git gui citool --nocommit:: +`git gui citool --nocommit`:: Behave as normal citool, but instead of making a commit simply terminate with a zero exit code. It still checks that the index does not contain any unmerged entries, so you can use it as a GUI version of linkgit:git-mergetool[1] -git citool:: +`git citool`:: Same as `git gui citool` (above). -git gui browser maint:: +`git gui browser maint`:: Show a browser for the tree of the 'maint' branch. Files selected in the browser can be viewed with the internal diff --git a/Documentation/git-http-backend.txt b/Documentation/git-http-backend.txt index 277d9e141b..f4e0741c11 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-http-backend.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-http-backend.txt @@ -119,6 +119,14 @@ ScriptAliasMatch \ ScriptAlias /git/ /var/www/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi/ ---------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +To serve multiple repositories from different linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] in a +single repository: ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------- +SetEnvIf Request_URI "^/git/([^/]*)" GIT_NAMESPACE=$1 +ScriptAliasMatch ^/git/[^/]*(.*) /usr/libexec/git-core/git-http-backend/storage.git$1 +---------------------------------------------------------------- Accelerated static Apache 2.x:: Similar to the above, but Apache can be used to return static diff --git a/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt b/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt index 4d42073867..070cd1e6ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-http-fetch.txt @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ DESCRIPTION ----------- Downloads a remote git repository via HTTP. +*NOTE*: use of this command without -a is deprecated. The -a +behaviour will become the default in a future release. + OPTIONS ------- commit-id:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt index 909687fed4..39e6d0ddd8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-index-pack.txt @@ -74,6 +74,16 @@ OPTIONS --strict:: Die, if the pack contains broken objects or links. +--threads=<n>:: + Specifies the number of threads to spawn when resolving + deltas. This requires that index-pack be compiled with + pthreads otherwise this option is ignored with a warning. + This is meant to reduce packing time on multiprocessor + machines. The required amount of memory for the delta search + window is however multiplied by the number of threads. + Specifying 0 will cause git to auto-detect the number of CPU's + and use maximum 3 threads. + Note ---- diff --git a/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt b/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt index 08f85ba046..f3eef510f2 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ OPTIONS start:: --start:: - Start the httpd instance and exit. This does not generate - any of the configuration files for spawning a new instance. + Start the httpd instance and exit. Regenerate configuration files + as necessary for spawning a new instance. stop:: --stop:: @@ -62,8 +62,8 @@ stop:: restart:: --restart:: - Restart the httpd instance and exit. This does not generate - any of the configuration files for spawning a new instance. + Restart the httpd instance and exit. Regenerate configuration files + as necessary for spawning a new instance. CONFIGURATION ------------- @@ -84,6 +84,10 @@ If the configuration variable 'instaweb.browser' is not set, 'web.browser' will be used instead if it is defined. See linkgit:git-web{litdd}browse[1] for more information about this. +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitweb[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-log.txt b/Documentation/git-log.txt index 771a3565bd..1f906208f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-log.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-log.txt @@ -91,45 +91,45 @@ include::diff-generate-patch.txt[] Examples -------- -git log --no-merges:: +`git log --no-merges`:: Show the whole commit history, but skip any merges -git log v2.6.12.. include/scsi drivers/scsi:: +`git log v2.6.12.. include/scsi drivers/scsi`:: Show all commits since version 'v2.6.12' that changed any file in the include/scsi or drivers/scsi subdirectories -git log --since="2 weeks ago" \-- gitk:: +`git log --since="2 weeks ago" -- gitk`:: Show the changes during the last two weeks to the file 'gitk'. The "--" is necessary to avoid confusion with the *branch* named 'gitk' -git log --name-status release..test:: +`git log --name-status release..test`:: Show the commits that are in the "test" branch but not yet in the "release" branch, along with the list of paths each commit modifies. -git log --follow builtin-rev-list.c:: +`git log --follow builtin-rev-list.c`:: Shows the commits that changed builtin-rev-list.c, including those commits that occurred before the file was given its present name. -git log --branches --not --remotes=origin:: +`git log --branches --not --remotes=origin`:: Shows all commits that are in any of local branches but not in any of remote-tracking branches for 'origin' (what you have that origin doesn't). -git log master --not --remotes=*/master:: +`git log master --not --remotes=*/master`:: Shows all commits that are in local master but not in any remote repository master branches. -git log -p -m --first-parent:: +`git log -p -m --first-parent`:: Shows the history including change diffs, but only from the "main branch" perspective, skipping commits that come from merged diff --git a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt index 51dc325748..97e7a8e9e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt @@ -25,13 +25,24 @@ command directly. See linkgit:git-am[1] instead. OPTIONS ------- -k:: - Usually the program 'cleans up' the Subject: header line - to extract the title line for the commit log message, - among which (1) remove 'Re:' or 're:', (2) leading - whitespaces, (3) '[' up to ']', typically '[PATCH]', and - then prepends "[PATCH] ". This flag forbids this - munging, and is most useful when used to read back - 'git format-patch -k' output. + Usually the program removes email cruft from the Subject: + header line to extract the title line for the commit log + message. This option prevents this munging, and is most + useful when used to read back 'git format-patch -k' output. ++ +Specifically, the following are removed until none of them remain: ++ +-- +* Leading and trailing whitespace. + +* Leading `Re:`, `re:`, and `:`. + +* Leading bracketed strings (between `[` and `]`, usually + `[PATCH]`). +-- ++ +Finally, runs of whitespace are normalized to a single ASCII space +character. -b:: When -k is not in effect, all leading strings bracketed with '[' diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge-file.txt b/Documentation/git-merge-file.txt index 635c66956e..d7db2a3737 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge-file.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge-file.txt @@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ OPTIONS EXAMPLES -------- -git merge-file README.my README README.upstream:: +`git merge-file README.my README README.upstream`:: combines the changes of README.my and README.upstream since README, tries to merge them and writes the result into README.my. -git merge-file -L a -L b -L c tmp/a123 tmp/b234 tmp/c345:: +`git merge-file -L a -L b -L c tmp/a123 tmp/b234 tmp/c345`:: merges tmp/a123 and tmp/c345 with the base tmp/b234, but uses labels `a` and `c` instead of `tmp/a123` and `tmp/c345`. diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge.txt b/Documentation/git-merge.txt index e2e6aba17e..20f9228511 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-merge - Join two or more development histories together SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git merge' [-n] [--stat] [--no-commit] [--squash] +'git merge' [-n] [--stat] [--no-commit] [--squash] [--[no-]edit] [-s <strategy>] [-X <strategy-option>] [--[no-]rerere-autoupdate] [-m <msg>] [<commit>...] 'git merge' <msg> HEAD <commit>... @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ final result verbatim. When both sides made changes to the same area, however, git cannot randomly pick one side over the other, and asks you to resolve it by leaving what both sides did to that area. -By default, git uses the same style as that is used by "merge" program +By default, git uses the same style as the one used by the "merge" program from the RCS suite to present such a conflicted hunk, like this: ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt index 2a49de7cfe..d7207bd9b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ OPTIONS -t <tool>:: --tool=<tool>:: Use the merge resolution program specified by <tool>. - Valid merge tools are: - araxis, bc3, diffuse, ecmerge, emerge, gvimdiff, kdiff3, - meld, opendiff, p4merge, tkdiff, tortoisemerge, vimdiff and xxdiff. + Valid values include emerge, gvimdiff, kdiff3, + meld, vimdiff, and tortoisemerge. Run `git mergetool --tool-help` + for the list of valid <tool> settings. + If a merge resolution program is not specified, 'git mergetool' will use the configuration variable `merge.tool`. If the diff --git a/Documentation/git-mv.txt b/Documentation/git-mv.txt index b8db373964..e3c8448614 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mv.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mv.txt @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ DESCRIPTION ----------- This script is used to move or rename a file, directory or symlink. - git mv [-f] [-n] <source> <destination> - git mv [-f] [-n] [-k] <source> ... <destination directory> + git mv [-v] [-f] [-n] [-k] <source> <destination> + git mv [-v] [-f] [-n] [-k] <source> ... <destination directory> In the first form, it renames <source>, which must exist and be either a file, symlink or directory, to <destination>. @@ -40,6 +40,10 @@ OPTIONS --dry-run:: Do nothing; only show what would happen +-v:: +--verbose:: + Report the names of files as they are moved. + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-notes.txt b/Documentation/git-notes.txt index 6a187f2e23..b95aafae2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-notes.txt @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ copy:: second object). This subcommand is equivalent to: `git notes add [-f] -C $(git notes list <from-object>) <to-object>` + -In `\--stdin` mode, take lines in the format +In `--stdin` mode, take lines in the format + ---------- <from-object> SP <to-object> [ SP <rest> ] LF @@ -142,8 +142,9 @@ OPTIONS -C <object>:: --reuse-message=<object>:: - Take the note message from the given blob object (for - example, another note). + Take the given blob object (for example, another note) as the + note message. (Use `git notes copy <object>` instead to + copy notes between objects.) -c <object>:: --reedit-message=<object>:: @@ -285,6 +286,8 @@ $ blob=$(git hash-object -w a.out) $ git notes --ref=built add -C "$blob" HEAD ------------ +(You cannot simply use `git notes --ref=built add -F a.out HEAD` +because that is not binary-safe.) Of course, it doesn't make much sense to display non-text-format notes with 'git log', so if you use such notes, you'll probably need to write some special-purpose tools to do something useful with them. diff --git a/Documentation/git-p4.txt b/Documentation/git-p4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe1f49bc6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-p4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ +git-p4(1) +========= + +NAME +---- +git-p4 - Import from and submit to Perforce repositories + + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git p4 clone' [<sync options>] [<clone options>] <p4 depot path>... +'git p4 sync' [<sync options>] [<p4 depot path>...] +'git p4 rebase' +'git p4 submit' [<submit options>] [<master branch name>] + + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +This command provides a way to interact with p4 repositories +using git. + +Create a new git repository from an existing p4 repository using +'git p4 clone', giving it one or more p4 depot paths. Incorporate +new commits from p4 changes with 'git p4 sync'. The 'sync' command +is also used to include new branches from other p4 depot paths. +Submit git changes back to p4 using 'git p4 submit'. The command +'git p4 rebase' does a sync plus rebases the current branch onto +the updated p4 remote branch. + + +EXAMPLE +------- +* Clone a repository: ++ +------------ +$ git p4 clone //depot/path/project +------------ + +* Do some work in the newly created git repository: ++ +------------ +$ cd project +$ vi foo.h +$ git commit -a -m "edited foo.h" +------------ + +* Update the git repository with recent changes from p4, rebasing your + work on top: ++ +------------ +$ git p4 rebase +------------ + +* Submit your commits back to p4: ++ +------------ +$ git p4 submit +------------ + + +COMMANDS +-------- + +Clone +~~~~~ +Generally, 'git p4 clone' is used to create a new git directory +from an existing p4 repository: +------------ +$ git p4 clone //depot/path/project +------------ +This: + +1. Creates an empty git repository in a subdirectory called 'project'. ++ +2. Imports the full contents of the head revision from the given p4 +depot path into a single commit in the git branch 'refs/remotes/p4/master'. ++ +3. Creates a local branch, 'master' from this remote and checks it out. + +To reproduce the entire p4 history in git, use the '@all' modifier on +the depot path: +------------ +$ git p4 clone //depot/path/project@all +------------ + + +Sync +~~~~ +As development continues in the p4 repository, those changes can +be included in the git repository using: +------------ +$ git p4 sync +------------ +This command finds new changes in p4 and imports them as git commits. + +P4 repositories can be added to an existing git repository using +'git p4 sync' too: +------------ +$ mkdir repo-git +$ cd repo-git +$ git init +$ git p4 sync //path/in/your/perforce/depot +------------ +This imports the specified depot into +'refs/remotes/p4/master' in an existing git repository. The +'--branch' option can be used to specify a different branch to +be used for the p4 content. + +If a git repository includes branches 'refs/remotes/origin/p4', these +will be fetched and consulted first during a 'git p4 sync'. Since +importing directly from p4 is considerably slower than pulling changes +from a git remote, this can be useful in a multi-developer environment. + + +Rebase +~~~~~~ +A common working pattern is to fetch the latest changes from the p4 depot +and merge them with local uncommitted changes. Often, the p4 repository +is the ultimate location for all code, thus a rebase workflow makes +sense. This command does 'git p4 sync' followed by 'git rebase' to move +local commits on top of updated p4 changes. +------------ +$ git p4 rebase +------------ + + +Submit +~~~~~~ +Submitting changes from a git repository back to the p4 repository +requires a separate p4 client workspace. This should be specified +using the 'P4CLIENT' environment variable or the git configuration +variable 'git-p4.client'. The p4 client must exist, but the client root +will be created and populated if it does not already exist. + +To submit all changes that are in the current git branch but not in +the 'p4/master' branch, use: +------------ +$ git p4 submit +------------ + +To specify a branch other than the current one, use: +------------ +$ git p4 submit topicbranch +------------ + +The upstream reference is generally 'refs/remotes/p4/master', but can +be overridden using the '--origin=' command-line option. + +The p4 changes will be created as the user invoking 'git p4 submit'. The +'--preserve-user' option will cause ownership to be modified +according to the author of the git commit. This option requires admin +privileges in p4, which can be granted using 'p4 protect'. + + +OPTIONS +------- + +General options +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +All commands except clone accept these options. + +--git-dir <dir>:: + Set the 'GIT_DIR' environment variable. See linkgit:git[1]. + +--verbose:: + Provide more progress information. + +Sync options +~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These options can be used in the initial 'clone' as well as in +subsequent 'sync' operations. + +--branch <branch>:: + Import changes into given branch. If the branch starts with + 'refs/', it will be used as is, otherwise the path 'refs/heads/' + will be prepended. The default branch is 'master'. If used + with an initial clone, no HEAD will be checked out. ++ +This example imports a new remote "p4/proj2" into an existing +git repository: ++ +---- + $ git init + $ git p4 sync --branch=refs/remotes/p4/proj2 //depot/proj2 +---- + +--detect-branches:: + Use the branch detection algorithm to find new paths in p4. It is + documented below in "BRANCH DETECTION". + +--changesfile <file>:: + Import exactly the p4 change numbers listed in 'file', one per + line. Normally, 'git p4' inspects the current p4 repository + state and detects the changes it should import. + +--silent:: + Do not print any progress information. + +--detect-labels:: + Query p4 for labels associated with the depot paths, and add + them as tags in git. Limited usefulness as only imports labels + associated with new changelists. Deprecated. + +--import-labels:: + Import labels from p4 into git. + +--import-local:: + By default, p4 branches are stored in 'refs/remotes/p4/', + where they will be treated as remote-tracking branches by + linkgit:git-branch[1] and other commands. This option instead + puts p4 branches in 'refs/heads/p4/'. Note that future + sync operations must specify '--import-local' as well so that + they can find the p4 branches in refs/heads. + +--max-changes <n>:: + Limit the number of imported changes to 'n'. Useful to + limit the amount of history when using the '@all' p4 revision + specifier. + +--keep-path:: + The mapping of file names from the p4 depot path to git, by + default, involves removing the entire depot path. With this + option, the full p4 depot path is retained in git. For example, + path '//depot/main/foo/bar.c', when imported from + '//depot/main/', becomes 'foo/bar.c'. With '--keep-path', the + git path is instead 'depot/main/foo/bar.c'. + +--use-client-spec:: + Use a client spec to find the list of interesting files in p4. + See the "CLIENT SPEC" section below. + +Clone options +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These options can be used in an initial 'clone', along with the 'sync' +options described above. + +--destination <directory>:: + Where to create the git repository. If not provided, the last + component in the p4 depot path is used to create a new + directory. + +--bare:: + Perform a bare clone. See linkgit:git-clone[1]. + +-/ <path>:: + Exclude selected depot paths when cloning. + +Submit options +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These options can be used to modify 'git p4 submit' behavior. + +--origin <commit>:: + Upstream location from which commits are identified to submit to + p4. By default, this is the most recent p4 commit reachable + from 'HEAD'. + +-M[<n>]:: + Detect renames. See linkgit:git-diff[1]. Renames will be + represented in p4 using explicit 'move' operations. There + is no corresponding option to detect copies, but there are + variables for both moves and copies. + +--preserve-user:: + Re-author p4 changes before submitting to p4. This option + requires p4 admin privileges. + +--export-labels:: + Export tags from git as p4 labels. Tags found in git are applied + to the perforce working directory. + +Rebase options +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These options can be used to modify 'git p4 rebase' behavior. + +--import-labels:: + Import p4 labels. + +DEPOT PATH SYNTAX +----------------- +The p4 depot path argument to 'git p4 sync' and 'git p4 clone' can +be one or more space-separated p4 depot paths, with an optional +p4 revision specifier on the end: + +"//depot/my/project":: + Import one commit with all files in the '#head' change under that tree. + +"//depot/my/project@all":: + Import one commit for each change in the history of that depot path. + +"//depot/my/project@1,6":: + Import only changes 1 through 6. + +"//depot/proj1@all //depot/proj2@all":: + Import all changes from both named depot paths into a single + repository. Only files below these directories are included. + There is not a subdirectory in git for each "proj1" and "proj2". + You must use the '--destination' option when specifying more + than one depot path. The revision specifier must be specified + identically on each depot path. If there are files in the + depot paths with the same name, the path with the most recently + updated version of the file is the one that appears in git. + +See 'p4 help revisions' for the full syntax of p4 revision specifiers. + + +CLIENT SPEC +----------- +The p4 client specification is maintained with the 'p4 client' command +and contains among other fields, a View that specifies how the depot +is mapped into the client repository. The 'clone' and 'sync' commands +can consult the client spec when given the '--use-client-spec' option or +when the useClientSpec variable is true. After 'git p4 clone', the +useClientSpec variable is automatically set in the repository +configuration file. This allows future 'git p4 submit' commands to +work properly; the submit command looks only at the variable and does +not have a command-line option. + +The full syntax for a p4 view is documented in 'p4 help views'. 'Git p4' +knows only a subset of the view syntax. It understands multi-line +mappings, overlays with '+', exclusions with '-' and double-quotes +around whitespace. Of the possible wildcards, 'git p4' only handles +'...', and only when it is at the end of the path. 'Git p4' will complain +if it encounters an unhandled wildcard. + +Bugs in the implementation of overlap mappings exist. If multiple depot +paths map through overlays to the same location in the repository, +'git p4' can choose the wrong one. This is hard to solve without +dedicating a client spec just for 'git p4'. + +The name of the client can be given to 'git p4' in multiple ways. The +variable 'git-p4.client' takes precedence if it exists. Otherwise, +normal p4 mechanisms of determining the client are used: environment +variable P4CLIENT, a file referenced by P4CONFIG, or the local host name. + + +BRANCH DETECTION +---------------- +P4 does not have the same concept of a branch as git. Instead, +p4 organizes its content as a directory tree, where by convention +different logical branches are in different locations in the tree. +The 'p4 branch' command is used to maintain mappings between +different areas in the tree, and indicate related content. 'git p4' +can use these mappings to determine branch relationships. + +If you have a repository where all the branches of interest exist as +subdirectories of a single depot path, you can use '--detect-branches' +when cloning or syncing to have 'git p4' automatically find +subdirectories in p4, and to generate these as branches in git. + +For example, if the P4 repository structure is: +---- +//depot/main/... +//depot/branch1/... +---- + +And "p4 branch -o branch1" shows a View line that looks like: +---- +//depot/main/... //depot/branch1/... +---- + +Then this 'git p4 clone' command: +---- +git p4 clone --detect-branches //depot@all +---- +produces a separate branch in 'refs/remotes/p4/' for //depot/main, +called 'master', and one for //depot/branch1 called 'depot/branch1'. + +However, it is not necessary to create branches in p4 to be able to use +them like branches. Because it is difficult to infer branch +relationships automatically, a git configuration setting +'git-p4.branchList' can be used to explicitly identify branch +relationships. It is a list of "source:destination" pairs, like a +simple p4 branch specification, where the "source" and "destination" are +the path elements in the p4 repository. The example above relied on the +presence of the p4 branch. Without p4 branches, the same result will +occur with: +---- +git config git-p4.branchList main:branch1 +git p4 clone --detect-branches //depot@all +---- + + +PERFORMANCE +----------- +The fast-import mechanism used by 'git p4' creates one pack file for +each invocation of 'git p4 sync'. Normally, git garbage compression +(linkgit:git-gc[1]) automatically compresses these to fewer pack files, +but explicit invocation of 'git repack -adf' may improve performance. + + +CONFIGURATION VARIABLES +----------------------- +The following config settings can be used to modify 'git p4' behavior. +They all are in the 'git-p4' section. + +General variables +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +git-p4.user:: + User specified as an option to all p4 commands, with '-u <user>'. + The environment variable 'P4USER' can be used instead. + +git-p4.password:: + Password specified as an option to all p4 commands, with + '-P <password>'. + The environment variable 'P4PASS' can be used instead. + +git-p4.port:: + Port specified as an option to all p4 commands, with + '-p <port>'. + The environment variable 'P4PORT' can be used instead. + +git-p4.host:: + Host specified as an option to all p4 commands, with + '-h <host>'. + The environment variable 'P4HOST' can be used instead. + +git-p4.client:: + Client specified as an option to all p4 commands, with + '-c <client>', including the client spec. + +Clone and sync variables +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +git-p4.syncFromOrigin:: + Because importing commits from other git repositories is much faster + than importing them from p4, a mechanism exists to find p4 changes + first in git remotes. If branches exist under 'refs/remote/origin/p4', + those will be fetched and used when syncing from p4. This + variable can be set to 'false' to disable this behavior. + +git-p4.branchUser:: + One phase in branch detection involves looking at p4 branches + to find new ones to import. By default, all branches are + inspected. This option limits the search to just those owned + by the single user named in the variable. + +git-p4.branchList:: + List of branches to be imported when branch detection is + enabled. Each entry should be a pair of branch names separated + by a colon (:). This example declares that both branchA and + branchB were created from main: ++ +------------- +git config git-p4.branchList main:branchA +git config --add git-p4.branchList main:branchB +------------- + +git-p4.ignoredP4Labels:: + List of p4 labels to ignore. This is built automatically as + unimportable labels are discovered. + +git-p4.importLabels:: + Import p4 labels into git, as per --import-labels. + +git-p4.labelImportRegexp:: + Only p4 labels matching this regular expression will be imported. The + default value is '[a-zA-Z0-9_\-.]+$'. + +git-p4.useClientSpec:: + Specify that the p4 client spec should be used to identify p4 + depot paths of interest. This is equivalent to specifying the + option '--use-client-spec'. See the "CLIENT SPEC" section above. + This variable is a boolean, not the name of a p4 client. + +Submit variables +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +git-p4.detectRenames:: + Detect renames. See linkgit:git-diff[1]. + +git-p4.detectCopies:: + Detect copies. See linkgit:git-diff[1]. + +git-p4.detectCopiesHarder:: + Detect copies harder. See linkgit:git-diff[1]. + +git-p4.preserveUser:: + On submit, re-author changes to reflect the git author, + regardless of who invokes 'git p4 submit'. + +git-p4.allowMissingP4Users:: + When 'preserveUser' is true, 'git p4' normally dies if it + cannot find an author in the p4 user map. This setting + submits the change regardless. + +git-p4.skipSubmitEdit:: + The submit process invokes the editor before each p4 change + is submitted. If this setting is true, though, the editing + step is skipped. + +git-p4.skipSubmitEditCheck:: + After editing the p4 change message, 'git p4' makes sure that + the description really was changed by looking at the file + modification time. This option disables that test. + +git-p4.allowSubmit:: + By default, any branch can be used as the source for a 'git p4 + submit' operation. This configuration variable, if set, permits only + the named branches to be used as submit sources. Branch names + must be the short names (no "refs/heads/"), and should be + separated by commas (","), with no spaces. + +git-p4.skipUserNameCheck:: + If the user running 'git p4 submit' does not exist in the p4 + user map, 'git p4' exits. This option can be used to force + submission regardless. + +git-p4.attemptRCSCleanup:: + If enabled, 'git p4 submit' will attempt to cleanup RCS keywords + ($Header$, etc). These would otherwise cause merge conflicts and prevent + the submit going ahead. This option should be considered experimental at + present. + +git-p4.exportLabels:: + Export git tags to p4 labels, as per --export-labels. + +git-p4.labelExportRegexp:: + Only p4 labels matching this regular expression will be exported. The + default value is '[a-zA-Z0-9_\-.]+$'. + +IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS +---------------------- +* Changesets from p4 are imported using git fast-import. +* Cloning or syncing does not require a p4 client; file contents are + collected using 'p4 print'. +* Submitting requires a p4 client, which is not in the same location + as the git repository. Patches are applied, one at a time, to + this p4 client and submitted from there. +* Each commit imported by 'git p4' has a line at the end of the log + message indicating the p4 depot location and change number. This + line is used by later 'git p4 sync' operations to know which p4 + changes are new. diff --git a/Documentation/git-pack-refs.txt b/Documentation/git-pack-refs.txt index a3c6677bfa..10afd4edfe 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pack-refs.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pack-refs.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Subsequent updates to branches always create new files under A recommended practice to deal with a repository with too many refs is to pack its refs with `--all --prune` once, and -occasionally run `git pack-refs \--prune`. Tags are by +occasionally run `git pack-refs --prune`. Tags are by definition stationary and are not expected to change. Branch heads will be packed with the initial `pack-refs --all`, but only the currently active branch heads will become unpacked, diff --git a/Documentation/git-pull.txt b/Documentation/git-pull.txt index e1da468766..defb544ed0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pull.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pull.txt @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ include::merge-options.txt[] fetched, the rebase uses that information to avoid rebasing non-local changes. + -See `branch.<name>.rebase` and `branch.autosetuprebase` in +See `pull.rebase`, `branch.<name>.rebase` and `branch.autosetuprebase` in linkgit:git-config[1] if you want to make `git pull` always use -`{litdd}rebase` instead of merging. +`--rebase` instead of merging. + [NOTE] This is a potentially _dangerous_ mode of operation. diff --git a/Documentation/git-push.txt b/Documentation/git-push.txt index 88acfcd4cc..cb97cc1c3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-push.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-push.txt @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git push' [--all | --mirror | --tags] [-n | --dry-run] [--receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>] - [--repo=<repository>] [-f | --force] [-v | --verbose] [-u | --set-upstream] + [--repo=<repository>] [-f | --force] [--prune] [-v | --verbose] [-u | --set-upstream] [<repository> [<refspec>...]] DESCRIPTION @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ OPTIONS[[OPTIONS]] <refspec>...:: The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus - `{plus}`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed + `+`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed by a colon `:`, followed by the destination ref <dst>. It is used to specify with what <src> object the <dst> ref in the remote repository is to be updated. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ updated. + The object referenced by <src> is used to update the <dst> reference on the remote side, but by default this is only allowed if the -update can fast-forward <dst>. By having the optional leading `{plus}`, +update can fast-forward <dst>. By having the optional leading `+`, you can tell git to update the <dst> ref even when the update is not a fast-forward. This does *not* attempt to merge <src> into <dst>. See EXAMPLES below for details. @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EXAMPLES below for details. Pushing an empty <src> allows you to delete the <dst> ref from the remote repository. + -The special refspec `:` (or `{plus}:` to allow non-fast-forward updates) +The special refspec `:` (or `+:` to allow non-fast-forward updates) directs git to push "matching" branches: for every branch that exists on the local side, the remote side is updated if a branch of the same name already exists on the remote side. This is the default operation mode @@ -71,6 +71,14 @@ nor in any Push line of the corresponding remotes file---see below). Instead of naming each ref to push, specifies that all refs under `refs/heads/` be pushed. +--prune:: + Remove remote branches that don't have a local counterpart. For example + a remote branch `tmp` will be removed if a local branch with the same + name doesn't exist any more. This also respects refspecs, e.g. + `git push --prune remote refs/heads/*:refs/tmp/*` would + make sure that remote `refs/tmp/foo` will be removed if `refs/heads/foo` + doesn't exist. + --mirror:: Instead of naming each ref to push, specifies that all refs under `refs/` (which includes but is not @@ -162,6 +170,18 @@ useful if you write an alias or script around 'git push'. is specified. This flag forces progress status even if the standard error stream is not directed to a terminal. +--recurse-submodules=check|on-demand:: + Make sure all submodule commits used by the revisions to be + pushed are available on a remote tracking branch. If 'check' is + used git will verify that all submodule commits that changed in + the revisions to be pushed are available on at least one remote + of the submodule. If any commits are missing the push will be + aborted and exit with non-zero status. If 'on-demand' is used + all submodules that changed in the revisions to be pushed will + be pushed. If on-demand was not able to push all necessary + revisions it will also be aborted and exit with non-zero status. + + include::urls-remotes.txt[] OUTPUT @@ -190,7 +210,7 @@ option is used. flag:: A single character indicating the status of the ref: (space);; for a successfully pushed fast-forward; -`{plus}`;; for a successful forced update; +`+`;; for a successful forced update; `-`;; for a successfully deleted ref; `*`;; for a successfully pushed new ref; `!`;; for a ref that was rejected or failed to push; and @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ summary:: For a successfully pushed ref, the summary shows the old and new values of the ref in a form suitable for using as an argument to `git log` (this is `<old>..<new>` in most cases, and - `<old>\...<new>` for forced non-fast-forward updates). + `<old>...<new>` for forced non-fast-forward updates). + For a failed update, more details are given: + @@ -327,12 +347,12 @@ a case where you do mean to lose history. Examples -------- -git push:: +`git push`:: Works like `git push <remote>`, where <remote> is the current branch's remote (or `origin`, if no remote is configured for the current branch). -git push origin:: +`git push origin`:: Without additional configuration, works like `git push origin :`. + @@ -344,45 +364,45 @@ use `git config remote.origin.push HEAD`. Any valid <refspec> (like the ones in the examples below) can be configured as the default for `git push origin`. -git push origin ::: +`git push origin :`:: Push "matching" branches to `origin`. See <refspec> in the <<OPTIONS,OPTIONS>> section above for a description of "matching" branches. -git push origin master:: +`git push origin master`:: Find a ref that matches `master` in the source repository (most likely, it would find `refs/heads/master`), and update the same ref (e.g. `refs/heads/master`) in `origin` repository with it. If `master` did not exist remotely, it would be created. -git push origin HEAD:: +`git push origin HEAD`:: A handy way to push the current branch to the same name on the remote. -git push origin master:satellite/master dev:satellite/dev:: +`git push origin master:satellite/master dev:satellite/dev`:: Use the source ref that matches `master` (e.g. `refs/heads/master`) to update the ref that matches `satellite/master` (most probably `refs/remotes/satellite/master`) in the `origin` repository, then do the same for `dev` and `satellite/dev`. -git push origin HEAD:master:: +`git push origin HEAD:master`:: Push the current branch to the remote ref matching `master` in the `origin` repository. This form is convenient to push the current branch without thinking about its local name. -git push origin master:refs/heads/experimental:: +`git push origin master:refs/heads/experimental`:: Create the branch `experimental` in the `origin` repository by copying the current `master` branch. This form is only needed to create a new branch or tag in the remote repository when the local name and the remote name are different; otherwise, the ref name on its own will work. -git push origin :experimental:: +`git push origin :experimental`:: Find a ref that matches `experimental` in the `origin` repository (e.g. `refs/heads/experimental`), and delete it. -git push origin {plus}dev:master:: +`git push origin +dev:master`:: Update the origin repository's master branch with the dev branch, allowing non-fast-forward updates. *This can leave unreferenced commits dangling in the origin repository.* Consider the diff --git a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt index a43e87448b..c4bde6509e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ since you pulled from him: ---------------- $ git fetch git://.... linus -$ LT=`cat .git/FETCH_HEAD` +$ LT=`git rev-parse FETCH_HEAD` ---------------- Your work tree is still based on your HEAD ($JC), but you have diff --git a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt index 504945c691..feb51a6ea3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt @@ -238,6 +238,10 @@ leave out at most one of A and B, in which case it defaults to HEAD. will be reset to where it was when the rebase operation was started. +--keep-empty:: + Keep the commits that do not change anything from its + parents in the result. + --skip:: Restart the rebasing process by skipping the current patch. @@ -267,9 +271,9 @@ which makes little sense. -X <strategy-option>:: --strategy-option=<strategy-option>:: Pass the <strategy-option> through to the merge strategy. - This implies `\--merge` and, if no strategy has been + This implies `--merge` and, if no strategy has been specified, `-s recursive`. Note the reversal of 'ours' and - 'theirs' as noted in above for the `-m` option. + 'theirs' as noted above for the `-m` option. -q:: --quiet:: @@ -409,10 +413,13 @@ The interactive mode is meant for this type of workflow: where point 2. consists of several instances of -a. regular use +a) regular use + 1. finish something worthy of a commit 2. commit -b. independent fixup + +b) independent fixup + 1. realize that something does not work 2. fix that 3. commit it @@ -608,8 +615,8 @@ Easy case: The changes are literally the same.:: Hard case: The changes are not the same.:: This happens if the 'subsystem' rebase had conflicts, or used - `\--interactive` to omit, edit, squash, or fixup commits; or - if the upstream used one of `commit \--amend`, `reset`, or + `--interactive` to omit, edit, squash, or fixup commits; or + if the upstream used one of `commit --amend`, `reset`, or `filter-branch`. @@ -645,7 +652,7 @@ correspond to the ones before the rebase. NOTE: While an "easy case recovery" sometimes appears to be successful even in the hard case, it may have unintended consequences. For example, a commit that was removed via `git rebase - \--interactive` will be **resurrected**! + --interactive` will be **resurrected**! The idea is to manually tell 'git rebase' "where the old 'subsystem' ended and your 'topic' began", that is, what the old merge-base @@ -653,7 +660,7 @@ between them was. You will have to find a way to name the last commit of the old 'subsystem', for example: * With the 'subsystem' reflog: after 'git fetch', the old tip of - 'subsystem' is at `subsystem@\{1}`. Subsequent fetches will + 'subsystem' is at `subsystem@{1}`. Subsequent fetches will increase the number. (See linkgit:git-reflog[1].) * Relative to the tip of 'topic': knowing that your 'topic' has three diff --git a/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt index 459c08598f..b1f7dc643a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ if the repository is packed and is served via a dumb transport. SEE ALSO -------- -linkgit:git-send-pack[1] +linkgit:git-send-pack[1], linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt index 976dc14937..7fe2d2247b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ as well). It is an alias for `git log -g --abbrev-commit --pretty=oneline`; see linkgit:git-log[1]. The reflog is useful in various git commands, to specify the old value -of a reference. For example, `HEAD@\{2\}` means "where HEAD used to be -two moves ago", `master@\{one.week.ago\}` means "where master used to +of a reference. For example, `HEAD@{2}` means "where HEAD used to be +two moves ago", `master@{one.week.ago}` means "where master used to point to one week ago", and so on. See linkgit:gitrevisions[7] for more details. To delete single entries from the reflog, use the subcommand "delete" -and specify the _exact_ entry (e.g. "`git reflog delete master@\{2\}`"). +and specify the _exact_ entry (e.g. "`git reflog delete master@{2}`"). OPTIONS diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt b/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt index 4aecd4d187..f095d57d09 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ GIT_TRANSLOOP_DEBUG:: EXAMPLES -------- -git fetch fd::17 master:: +`git fetch fd::17 master`:: Fetch master, using file descriptor #17 to communicate with git-upload-pack. -git fetch fd::17/foo master:: +`git fetch fd::17/foo master`:: Same as above. -git push fd::7,8 master (as URL):: +`git push fd::7,8 master (as URL)`:: Push master, using file descriptor #7 to read data from git-receive-pack and file descriptor #8 to write data to same service. -git push fd::7,8/bar master:: +`git push fd::7,8/bar master`:: Same as above. Documentation diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote-helpers.txt b/Documentation/git-remote-helpers.txt index 930b4034ac..f5836e46d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote-helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote-helpers.txt @@ -24,22 +24,141 @@ output. Because a remote helper runs as an independent process from git, there is no need to re-link git to add a new helper, nor any need to link the helper with the implementation of git. -Every helper must support the "capabilities" command, which git will -use to determine what other commands the helper will accept. Other -commands generally concern facilities like discovering and updating -remote refs, transporting objects between the object database and -the remote repository, and updating the local object store. - -Helpers supporting the 'fetch' capability can discover refs from the -remote repository and transfer objects reachable from those refs to -the local object store. Helpers supporting the 'push' capability can -transfer local objects to the remote repository and update remote refs. +Every helper must support the "capabilities" command, which git +uses to determine what other commands the helper will accept. Those +other commands can be used to discover and update remote refs, +transport objects between the object database and the remote repository, +and update the local object store. Git comes with a "curl" family of remote helpers, that handle various transport protocols, such as 'git-remote-http', 'git-remote-https', 'git-remote-ftp' and 'git-remote-ftps'. They implement the capabilities 'fetch', 'option', and 'push'. +INPUT FORMAT +------------ + +Git sends the remote helper a list of commands on standard input, one +per line. The first command is always the 'capabilities' command, in +response to which the remote helper must print a list of the +capabilities it supports (see below) followed by a blank line. The +response to the capabilities command determines what commands Git uses +in the remainder of the command stream. + +The command stream is terminated by a blank line. In some cases +(indicated in the documentation of the relevant commands), this blank +line is followed by a payload in some other protocol (e.g., the pack +protocol), while in others it indicates the end of input. + +Capabilities +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Each remote helper is expected to support only a subset of commands. +The operations a helper supports are declared to git in the response +to the `capabilities` command (see COMMANDS, below). + +'option':: + For specifying settings like `verbosity` (how much output to + write to stderr) and `depth` (how much history is wanted in the + case of a shallow clone) that affect how other commands are + carried out. + +'connect':: + For fetching and pushing using git's native packfile protocol + that requires a bidirectional, full-duplex connection. + +'push':: + For listing remote refs and pushing specified objects from the + local object store to remote refs. + +'fetch':: + For listing remote refs and fetching the associated history to + the local object store. + +'import':: + For listing remote refs and fetching the associated history as + a fast-import stream. + +'refspec' <refspec>:: + This modifies the 'import' capability, allowing the produced + fast-import stream to modify refs in a private namespace + instead of writing to refs/heads or refs/remotes directly. + It is recommended that all importers providing the 'import' + capability use this. ++ +A helper advertising the capability +`refspec refs/heads/*:refs/svn/origin/branches/*` +is saying that, when it is asked to `import refs/heads/topic`, the +stream it outputs will update the `refs/svn/origin/branches/topic` +ref. ++ +This capability can be advertised multiple times. The first +applicable refspec takes precedence. The left-hand of refspecs +advertised with this capability must cover all refs reported by +the list command. If no 'refspec' capability is advertised, +there is an implied `refspec *:*`. + +Capabilities for Pushing +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +'connect':: + Can attempt to connect to 'git receive-pack' (for pushing), + 'git upload-pack', etc for communication using the + packfile protocol. ++ +Supported commands: 'connect'. + +'push':: + Can discover remote refs and push local commits and the + history leading up to them to new or existing remote refs. ++ +Supported commands: 'list for-push', 'push'. + +If a helper advertises both 'connect' and 'push', git will use +'connect' if possible and fall back to 'push' if the helper requests +so when connecting (see the 'connect' command under COMMANDS). + +Capabilities for Fetching +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +'connect':: + Can try to connect to 'git upload-pack' (for fetching), + 'git receive-pack', etc for communication using the + packfile protocol. ++ +Supported commands: 'connect'. + +'fetch':: + Can discover remote refs and transfer objects reachable from + them to the local object store. ++ +Supported commands: 'list', 'fetch'. + +'import':: + Can discover remote refs and output objects reachable from + them as a stream in fast-import format. ++ +Supported commands: 'list', 'import'. + +If a helper advertises 'connect', git will use it if possible and +fall back to another capability if the helper requests so when +connecting (see the 'connect' command under COMMANDS). +When choosing between 'fetch' and 'import', git prefers 'fetch'. +Other frontends may have some other order of preference. + +'refspec' <refspec>:: + This modifies the 'import' capability. ++ +A helper advertising +`refspec refs/heads/*:refs/svn/origin/branches/*` +in its capabilities is saying that, when it handles +`import refs/heads/topic`, the stream it outputs will update the +`refs/svn/origin/branches/topic` ref. ++ +This capability can be advertised multiple times. The first +applicable refspec takes precedence. The left-hand of refspecs +advertised with this capability must cover all refs reported by +the list command. If no 'refspec' capability is advertised, +there is an implied `refspec *:*`. + INVOCATION ---------- @@ -48,6 +167,9 @@ arguments. The first argument specifies a remote repository as in git; it is either the name of a configured remote or a URL. The second argument specifies a URL; it is usually of the form '<transport>://<address>', but any arbitrary string is possible. +The 'GIT_DIR' environment variable is set up for the remote helper +and can be used to determine where to store additional data or from +which directory to invoke auxiliary git commands. When git encounters a URL of the form '<transport>://<address>', where '<transport>' is a protocol that it cannot handle natively, it @@ -119,7 +241,22 @@ Supported if the helper has the "fetch" capability. 'push' +<src>:<dst>:: Pushes the given local <src> commit or branch to the remote branch described by <dst>. A batch sequence of - one or more push commands is terminated with a blank line. + one or more 'push' commands is terminated with a blank line + (if there is only one reference to push, a single 'push' command + is followed by a blank line). For example, the following would + be two batches of 'push', the first asking the remote-helper + to push the local ref 'master' to the remote ref 'master' and + the local 'HEAD' to the remote 'branch', and the second + asking to push ref 'foo' to ref 'bar' (forced update requested + by the '+'). ++ +------------ +push refs/heads/master:refs/heads/master +push HEAD:refs/heads/branch +\n +push +refs/heads/foo:refs/heads/bar +\n +------------ + Zero or more protocol options may be entered after the last 'push' command, before the batch's terminating blank line. @@ -144,6 +281,11 @@ Supported if the helper has the "push" capability. Especially useful for interoperability with a foreign versioning system. + +Just like 'push', a batch sequence of one or more 'import' is +terminated with a blank line. For each batch of 'import', the remote +helper should produce a fast-import stream terminated by a 'done' +command. ++ Supported if the helper has the "import" capability. 'connect' <service>:: @@ -168,26 +310,6 @@ completing a valid response for the current command. Additional commands may be supported, as may be determined from capabilities reported by the helper. -CAPABILITIES ------------- - -'fetch':: -'option':: -'push':: -'import':: -'connect':: - This helper supports the corresponding command with the same name. - -'refspec' 'spec':: - When using the import command, expect the source ref to have - been written to the destination ref. The earliest applicable - refspec takes precedence. For example - "refs/heads/{asterisk}:refs/svn/origin/branches/{asterisk}" means - that, after an "import refs/heads/name", the script has written to - refs/svn/origin/branches/name. If this capability is used at - all, it must cover all refs reported by the list command; if - it is not used, it is effectively "{asterisk}:{asterisk}" - REF LIST ATTRIBUTES ------------------- @@ -240,6 +362,8 @@ SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-remote[1] +linkgit:git-remote-testgit[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote-testgit.txt b/Documentation/git-remote-testgit.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a67d456a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-remote-testgit.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +git-remote-testgit(1) +===================== + +NAME +---- +git-remote-testgit - Example remote-helper + + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +git clone testgit::<source-repo> [<destination>] + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +This command is a simple remote-helper, that is used both as a +testcase for the remote-helper functionality, and as an example to +show remote-helper authors one possible implementation. + +The best way to learn more is to read the comments and source code in +'git-remote-testgit.py'. + +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:git-remote-helpers[1] + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote.txt b/Documentation/git-remote.txt index 5a8c5061f3..a308f4c79f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git remote rename' <old> <new> 'git remote rm' <name> 'git remote set-head' <name> (-a | -d | <branch>) -'git remote set-branches' <name> [--add] <branch>... +'git remote set-branches' [--add] <name> <branch>... 'git remote set-url' [--push] <name> <newurl> [<oldurl>] 'git remote set-url --add' [--push] <name> <newurl> 'git remote set-url --delete' [--push] <name> <url> @@ -67,14 +67,14 @@ multiple branches without grabbing all branches. With `-m <master>` option, a symbolic-ref `refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD` is set up to point at remote's `<master>` branch. See also the set-head command. + -When a fetch mirror is created with `\--mirror=fetch`, the refs will not +When a fetch mirror is created with `--mirror=fetch`, the refs will not be stored in the 'refs/remotes/' namespace, but rather everything in 'refs/' on the remote will be directly mirrored into 'refs/' in the local repository. This option only makes sense in bare repositories, because a fetch would overwrite any local commits. + -When a push mirror is created with `\--mirror=push`, then `git push` -will always behave as if `\--mirror` was passed. +When a push mirror is created with `--mirror=push`, then `git push` +will always behave as if `--mirror` was passed. 'rename':: diff --git a/Documentation/git-repack.txt b/Documentation/git-repack.txt index 40af321153..4c1aff65e6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-repack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-repack.txt @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ OPTIONS Especially useful when packing a repository that is used for private development. Use with '-d'. This will clean up the objects that `git prune` - leaves behind, but `git fsck --full` shows as + leaves behind, but `git fsck --full --dangling` shows as dangling. + Note that users fetching over dumb protocols will have to fetch the diff --git a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt index a6253ba617..a62227f84e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-rerere - Reuse recorded resolution of conflicted merges SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git rerere' ['clear'|'forget' <pathspec>|'diff'|'status'|'gc'] +'git rerere' ['clear'|'forget' <pathspec>|'diff'|'remaining'|'status'|'gc'] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -37,30 +37,35 @@ its working state. 'clear':: -This resets the metadata used by rerere if a merge resolution is to be +Reset the metadata used by rerere if a merge resolution is to be aborted. Calling 'git am [--skip|--abort]' or 'git rebase [--skip|--abort]' will automatically invoke this command. 'forget' <pathspec>:: -This resets the conflict resolutions which rerere has recorded for the current +Reset the conflict resolutions which rerere has recorded for the current conflict in <pathspec>. 'diff':: -This displays diffs for the current state of the resolution. It is +Display diffs for the current state of the resolution. It is useful for tracking what has changed while the user is resolving conflicts. Additional arguments are passed directly to the system 'diff' command installed in PATH. 'status':: -Like 'diff', but this only prints the filenames that will be tracked -for resolutions. +Print paths with conflicts whose merge resolution rerere will record. + +'remaining':: + +Print paths with conflicts that have not been autoresolved by rerere. +This includes paths whose resolutions cannot be tracked by rerere, +such as conflicting submodules. 'gc':: -This prunes records of conflicted merges that +Prune records of conflicted merges that occurred a long time ago. By default, unresolved conflicts older than 15 days and resolved conflicts older than 60 days are pruned. These defaults are controlled via the @@ -96,15 +101,15 @@ One way to do it is to pull master into the topic branch: The commits marked with `*` touch the same area in the same file; you need to resolve the conflicts when creating the commit -marked with `{plus}`. Then you can test the result to make sure your +marked with `+`. Then you can test the result to make sure your work-in-progress still works with what is in the latest master. After this test merge, there are two ways to continue your work on the topic. The easiest is to build on top of the test merge -commit `{plus}`, and when your work in the topic branch is finally +commit `+`, and when your work in the topic branch is finally ready, pull the topic branch into master, and/or ask the upstream to pull from you. By that time, however, the master or -the upstream might have been advanced since the test merge `{plus}`, +the upstream might have been advanced since the test merge `+`, in which case the final commit graph would look like this: ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-reset.txt b/Documentation/git-reset.txt index b2832fc7eb..117e3743a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reset.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reset.txt @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git reset' [-q] [<commit>] [--] <paths>... -'git reset' [--patch|-p] [<commit>] [--] [<paths>...] -'git reset' [--soft | --mixed | --hard | --merge | --keep] [-q] [<commit>] +'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<commit>] [--] [<paths>...] +'git reset' (--soft | --mixed | --hard | --merge | --keep) [-q] [<commit>] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ Alternatively, using linkgit:git-checkout[1] and specifying a commit, you can copy the contents of a path out of a commit to the index and to the working tree in one go. -'git reset' --patch|-p [<commit>] [--] [<paths>...]:: +'git reset' (--patch | -p) [<commit>] [--] [<paths>...]:: Interactively select hunks in the difference between the index and <commit> (defaults to HEAD). The chosen hunks are applied in reverse to the index. + This means that `git reset -p` is the opposite of `git add -p`, i.e. you can use it to selectively reset hunks. See the ``Interactive Mode'' -section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `\--patch` mode. +section of linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode. -'git reset' [--<mode>] [<commit>]:: +'git reset' --<mode> [<commit>]:: This form resets the current branch head to <commit> and possibly updates the index (resetting it to the tree of <commit>) and the working tree depending on <mode>, which diff --git a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt index 42c9676eaa..4cc3e9586f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt @@ -113,15 +113,14 @@ OPTIONS + If a `pattern` is given, only refs matching the given shell glob are shown. If the pattern does not contain a globbing character (`?`, -`{asterisk}`, or `[`), it is turned into a prefix match by -appending `/{asterisk}`. +`*`, or `[`), it is turned into a prefix match by appending `/*`. --glob=pattern:: Show all refs matching the shell glob pattern `pattern`. If the pattern does not start with `refs/`, this is automatically prepended. If the pattern does not contain a globbing - character (`?`, `{asterisk}`, or `[`), it is turned into a prefix - match by appending `/{asterisk}`. + character (`?`, `*`, or `[`), it is turned into a prefix + match by appending `/*`. --show-toplevel:: Show the absolute path of the top-level directory. @@ -138,7 +137,8 @@ appending `/{asterisk}`. --git-dir:: Show `$GIT_DIR` if defined. Otherwise show the path to - the .git directory, relative to the current directory. + the .git directory. The path shown, when relative, is + relative to the current working directory. + If `$GIT_DIR` is not defined and the current directory is not detected to lie in a git repository or work tree @@ -180,6 +180,10 @@ print a message to stderr and exit with nonzero status. <args>...:: Flags and parameters to be parsed. +--resolve-git-dir <path>:: + Check if <path> is a valid git-dir or a git-file pointing to a valid + git-dir. If <path> is a valid git-dir the resolved path to git-dir will + be printed. include::revisions.txt[] diff --git a/Documentation/git-revert.txt b/Documentation/git-revert.txt index 3d0a7d1dac..70152e8b1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-revert.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-revert.txt @@ -9,6 +9,9 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git revert' [--edit | --no-edit] [-n] [-m parent-number] [-s] <commit>... +'git revert' --continue +'git revert' --quit +'git revert' --abort DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -24,7 +27,7 @@ throw away all uncommitted changes in your working directory, you should see linkgit:git-reset[1], particularly the '--hard' option. If you want to extract specific files as they were in another commit, you should see linkgit:git-checkout[1], specifically the `git checkout -<commit> \-- <filename>` syntax. Take care with these alternatives as +<commit> -- <filename>` syntax. Take care with these alternatives as both will discard uncommitted changes in your working directory. OPTIONS @@ -91,14 +94,18 @@ effect to your index in a row. Pass the merge strategy-specific option through to the merge strategy. See linkgit:git-merge[1] for details. +SEQUENCER SUBCOMMANDS +--------------------- +include::sequencer.txt[] + EXAMPLES -------- -git revert HEAD~3:: +`git revert HEAD~3`:: Revert the changes specified by the fourth last commit in HEAD and create a new commit with the reverted changes. -git revert -n master{tilde}5..master{tilde}2:: +`git revert -n master~5..master~2`:: Revert the changes done by commits from the fifth last commit in master (included) to the third last commit in master diff --git a/Documentation/git-rm.txt b/Documentation/git-rm.txt index da0215d20c..5d31860eb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rm.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rm.txt @@ -79,8 +79,7 @@ a file that you have not told git about does not remove that file. File globbing matches across directory boundaries. Thus, given two directories `d` and `d2`, there is a difference between -using `git rm {apostrophe}d{asterisk}{apostrophe}` and -`git rm {apostrophe}d/{asterisk}{apostrophe}`, as the former will +using `git rm 'd*'` and `git rm 'd/*'`, as the former will also remove all of directory `d2`. REMOVING FILES THAT HAVE DISAPPEARED FROM THE FILESYSTEM @@ -137,7 +136,7 @@ git diff --name-only --diff-filter=D -z | xargs -0 git rm --cached EXAMPLES -------- -git rm Documentation/\*.txt:: +`git rm Documentation/\*.txt`:: Removes all `*.txt` files from the index that are under the `Documentation` directory and any of its subdirectories. + @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ Note that the asterisk `*` is quoted from the shell in this example; this lets git, and not the shell, expand the pathnames of files and subdirectories under the `Documentation/` directory. -git rm -f git-*.sh:: +`git rm -f git-*.sh`:: Because this example lets the shell expand the asterisk (i.e. you are listing the files explicitly), it does not remove `subdir/git-foo.sh`. diff --git a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt index 327233c85b..324117072d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt @@ -198,6 +198,10 @@ must be used for each option. if a username is not specified (with '--smtp-user' or 'sendemail.smtpuser'), then authentication is not attempted. +--smtp-debug=0|1:: + Enable (1) or disable (0) debug output. If enabled, SMTP + commands and replies will be printed. Useful to debug TLS + connection and authentication problems. Automating ~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-sh-i18n--envsubst.txt b/Documentation/git-sh-i18n--envsubst.txt index 5c3ec327bb..2ffaf9392e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-sh-i18n--envsubst.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-sh-i18n--envsubst.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ plumbing scripts and/or are writing new ones. 'git sh-i18n{litdd}envsubst' is Git's stripped-down copy of the GNU `envsubst(1)` program that comes with the GNU gettext package. It's used internally by linkgit:git-sh-i18n[1] to interpolate the variables -passed to the the `eval_gettext` function. +passed to the `eval_gettext` function. No promises are made about the interface, or that this program won't disappear without warning in the next version diff --git a/Documentation/git-sh-setup.txt b/Documentation/git-sh-setup.txt index a2f346ca71..5e5f1c8964 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-sh-setup.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-sh-setup.txt @@ -68,6 +68,16 @@ require_work_tree_exists:: cd_to_toplevel, which is impossible to do if there is no working tree. +require_clean_work_tree <action> [<hint>]:: + checks that the working tree and index associated with the + repository have no uncommitted changes to tracked files. + Otherwise it emits an error message of the form `Cannot + <action>: <reason>. <hint>`, and dies. Example: ++ +---------------- +require_clean_work_tree rebase "Please commit or stash them." +---------------- + get_author_ident_from_commit:: outputs code for use with eval to set the GIT_AUTHOR_NAME, GIT_AUTHOR_EMAIL and GIT_AUTHOR_DATE variables for a given commit. diff --git a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt index ff3755b4c7..01d8417316 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-shortlog.txt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ OPTIONS --format[=<format>]:: Instead of the commit subject, use some other information to describe each commit. '<format>' can be any string accepted - by the `--format` option of 'git log', such as '{asterisk} [%h] %s'. + by the `--format` option of 'git log', such as '* [%h] %s'. (See the "PRETTY FORMATS" section of linkgit:git-log[1].) Each pretty-printed commit will be rewrapped before it is shown. diff --git a/Documentation/git-show-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-show-ref.txt index 3c45895299..5dbcd47fec 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-show-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-show-ref.txt @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ OPTIONS -d:: --dereference:: - Dereference tags into object IDs as well. They will be shown with "^{}" + Dereference tags into object IDs as well. They will be shown with "{caret}{}" appended. -s:: @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ OPTIONS --exclude-existing[=<pattern>]:: Make 'git show-ref' act as a filter that reads refs from stdin of the - form "^(?:<anything>\s)?<refname>(?:{backslash}{caret}\{\})?$" + form "`^(?:<anything>\s)?<refname>(?:\^{})?$`" and performs the following actions on each: - (1) strip "^{}" at the end of line if any; + (1) strip "{caret}{}" at the end of line if any; (2) ignore if pattern is provided and does not head-match refname; (3) warn if refname is not a well-formed refname and skip; (4) ignore if refname is a ref that exists in the local repository; diff --git a/Documentation/git-show.txt b/Documentation/git-show.txt index 1f0e30b912..ae4edcccfb 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-show.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-show.txt @@ -48,23 +48,23 @@ include::pretty-formats.txt[] EXAMPLES -------- -git show v1.0.0:: +`git show v1.0.0`:: Shows the tag `v1.0.0`, along with the object the tags points at. -git show v1.0.0^\{tree\}:: +`git show v1.0.0^{tree}`:: Shows the tree pointed to by the tag `v1.0.0`. -git show -s --format=%s v1.0.0^\{commit\}:: +`git show -s --format=%s v1.0.0^{commit}`:: Shows the subject of the commit pointed to by the tag `v1.0.0`. -git show next~10:Documentation/README:: +`git show next~10:Documentation/README`:: Shows the contents of the file `Documentation/README` as they were current in the 10th last commit of the branch `next`. -git show master:Makefile master:t/Makefile:: +`git show master:Makefile master:t/Makefile`:: Concatenates the contents of said Makefiles in the head of the branch `master`. diff --git a/Documentation/git-stash.txt b/Documentation/git-stash.txt index 15f051fa44..0aa4e20eae 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-stash.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-stash.txt @@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git stash' drop [-q|--quiet] [<stash>] 'git stash' ( pop | apply ) [--index] [-q|--quiet] [<stash>] 'git stash' branch <branchname> [<stash>] -'git stash' [save [-p|--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-q|--quiet] [<message>]] +'git stash' [save [--patch] [-k|--[no-]keep-index] [-q|--quiet] + [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [<message>]] 'git stash' clear 'git stash' create @@ -35,14 +36,14 @@ you create one. The latest stash you created is stored in `refs/stash`; older stashes are found in the reflog of this reference and can be named using -the usual reflog syntax (e.g. `stash@\{0}` is the most recently -created stash, `stash@\{1}` is the one before it, `stash@\{2.hours.ago}` +the usual reflog syntax (e.g. `stash@{0}` is the most recently +created stash, `stash@{1}` is the one before it, `stash@{2.hours.ago}` is also possible). OPTIONS ------- -save [-p|--patch] [--[no-]keep-index] [-q|--quiet] [<message>]:: +save [-p|--patch] [--[no-]keep-index] [-u|--include-untracked] [-a|--all] [-q|--quiet] [<message>]:: Save your local modifications to a new 'stash', and run `git reset --hard` to revert them. The <message> part is optional and gives @@ -54,13 +55,18 @@ save [-p|--patch] [--[no-]keep-index] [-q|--quiet] [<message>]:: If the `--keep-index` option is used, all changes already added to the index are left intact. + +If the `--include-untracked` option is used, all untracked files are also +stashed and then cleaned up with `git clean`, leaving the working directory +in a very clean state. If the `--all` option is used instead then the +ignored files are stashed and cleaned in addition to the untracked files. ++ With `--patch`, you can interactively select hunks from the diff between HEAD and the working tree to be stashed. The stash entry is constructed such that its index state is the same as the index state of your repository, and its worktree contains only the changes you selected interactively. The selected changes are then rolled back from your worktree. See the ``Interactive Mode'' section of -linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `\--patch` mode. +linkgit:git-add[1] to learn how to operate the `--patch` mode. + The `--patch` option implies `--keep-index`. You can use `--no-keep-index` to override this. @@ -68,7 +74,7 @@ The `--patch` option implies `--keep-index`. You can use list [<options>]:: List the stashes that you currently have. Each 'stash' is listed - with its name (e.g. `stash@\{0}` is the latest stash, `stash@\{1}` is + with its name (e.g. `stash@{0}` is the latest stash, `stash@{1}` is the one before, etc.), the name of the branch that was current when the stash was made, and a short description of the commit the stash was based on. @@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ show [<stash>]:: stashed state and its original parent. When no `<stash>` is given, shows the latest one. By default, the command shows the diffstat, but it will accept any format known to 'git diff' (e.g., `git stash show - -p stash@\{1}` to view the second most recent stash in patch form). + -p stash@{1}` to view the second most recent stash in patch form). pop [--index] [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: @@ -105,8 +111,8 @@ tree's changes, but also the index's ones. However, this can fail, when you have conflicts (which are stored in the index, where you therefore can no longer apply the changes as they were originally). + -When no `<stash>` is given, `stash@\{0}` is assumed, otherwise `<stash>` must -be a reference of the form `stash@\{<revision>}`. +When no `<stash>` is given, `stash@{0}` is assumed, otherwise `<stash>` must +be a reference of the form `stash@{<revision>}`. apply [--index] [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: @@ -137,9 +143,9 @@ clear:: drop [-q|--quiet] [<stash>]:: Remove a single stashed state from the stash list. When no `<stash>` - is given, it removes the latest one. i.e. `stash@\{0}`, otherwise + is given, it removes the latest one. i.e. `stash@{0}`, otherwise `<stash>` must a valid stash log reference of the form - `stash@\{<revision>}`. + `stash@{<revision>}`. create:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-status.txt b/Documentation/git-status.txt index 3d51717bbe..67e5f53a9e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-status.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-status.txt @@ -77,6 +77,13 @@ configuration variable documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. Terminate entries with NUL, instead of LF. This implies the `--porcelain` output format if no other format is given. +--column[=<options>]:: +--no-column:: + Display untracked files in columns. See configuration variable + column.status for option syntax.`--column` and `--no-column` + without options are equivalent to 'always' and 'never' + respectively. + OUTPUT ------ @@ -98,12 +105,12 @@ In the short-format, the status of each path is shown as XY PATH1 -> PATH2 -where `PATH1` is the path in the `HEAD`, and the ` \-> PATH2` part is +where `PATH1` is the path in the `HEAD`, and the " `-> PATH2`" part is shown only when `PATH1` corresponds to a different path in the index/worktree (i.e. the file is renamed). The 'XY' is a two-letter status code. -The fields (including the `\->`) are separated from each other by a +The fields (including the `->`) are separated from each other by a single space. If a filename contains whitespace or other nonprintable characters, that field will be quoted in the manner of a C string literal: surrounded by ASCII double quote (34) characters, and with @@ -177,7 +184,7 @@ order is reversed (e.g 'from \-> to' becomes 'to from'). Second, a NUL and the terminating newline (but a space still separates the status field from the first filename). Third, filenames containing special characters are not specially formatted; no quoting or -backslash-escaping is performed. Fourth, there is no branch line. +backslash-escaping is performed. CONFIGURATION ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt b/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt index b78f031cd4..a80d94650d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt @@ -3,26 +3,83 @@ git-stripspace(1) NAME ---- -git-stripspace - Filter out empty lines +git-stripspace - Remove unnecessary whitespace SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git stripspace' [-s | --strip-comments] < <stream> +'git stripspace' [-s | --strip-comments] < input DESCRIPTION ----------- -Remove multiple empty lines, and empty lines at beginning and end. + +Clean the input in the manner used by 'git' for text such as commit +messages, notes, tags and branch descriptions. + +With no arguments, this will: + +- remove trailing whitespace from all lines +- collapse multiple consecutive empty lines into one empty line +- remove empty lines from the beginning and end of the input +- add a missing '\n' to the last line if necessary. + +In the case where the input consists entirely of whitespace characters, no +output will be produced. + +*NOTE*: This is intended for cleaning metadata, prefer the `--whitespace=fix` +mode of linkgit:git-apply[1] for correcting whitespace of patches or files in +the repository. OPTIONS ------- -s:: --strip-comments:: - In addition to empty lines, also strip lines starting with '#'. + Skip and remove all lines starting with '#'. + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +Given the following noisy input with '$' indicating the end of a line: -<stream>:: - Byte stream to act on. +-------- +|A brief introduction $ +| $ +|$ +|A new paragraph$ +|# with a commented-out line $ +|explaining lots of stuff.$ +|$ +|# An old paragraph, also commented-out. $ +| $ +|The end.$ +| $ +--------- + +Use 'git stripspace' with no arguments to obtain: + +-------- +|A brief introduction$ +|$ +|A new paragraph$ +|# with a commented-out line$ +|explaining lots of stuff.$ +|$ +|# An old paragraph, also commented-out.$ +|$ +|The end.$ +--------- + +Use 'git stripspace --strip-comments' to obtain: + +-------- +|A brief introduction$ +|$ +|A new paragraph$ +|explaining lots of stuff.$ +|$ +|The end.$ +--------- GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt index 0ec85742dd..fbbbcb282c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git submodule' [--quiet] init [--] [<path>...] 'git submodule' [--quiet] update [--init] [-N|--no-fetch] [--rebase] [--reference <repository>] [--merge] [--recursive] [--] [<path>...] -'git submodule' [--quiet] summary [--cached|--files] [--summary-limit <n>] [commit] [--] [<path>...] +'git submodule' [--quiet] summary [--cached|--files] [(-n|--summary-limit) <n>] + [commit] [--] [<path>...] 'git submodule' [--quiet] foreach [--recursive] <command> 'git submodule' [--quiet] sync [--] [<path>...] @@ -42,9 +43,9 @@ if you choose to go that route. Submodules are composed from a so-called `gitlink` tree entry in the main repository that refers to a particular commit object within the inner repository that is completely separate. -A record in the `.gitmodules` file at the root of the source -tree assigns a logical name to the submodule and describes -the default URL the submodule shall be cloned from. +A record in the `.gitmodules` (see linkgit:gitmodules[5]) file at the +root of the source tree assigns a logical name to the submodule and +describes the default URL the submodule shall be cloned from. The logical name can be used for overriding this URL within your local repository configuration (see 'submodule init'). @@ -78,7 +79,12 @@ to exist in the superproject. If <path> is not given, the <repository> is the URL of the new submodule's origin repository. This may be either an absolute URL, or (if it begins with ./ or ../), the location relative to the superproject's origin -repository. If the superproject doesn't have an origin configured +repository (Please note that to specify a repository 'foo.git' +which is located right next to a superproject 'bar.git', you'll +have to use '../foo.git' instead of './foo.git' - as one might expect +when following the rules for relative URLs - because the evaluation +of relative URLs in Git is identical to that of relative directories). +If the superproject doesn't have an origin configured the superproject is its own authoritative upstream and the current working directory is used instead. + @@ -108,12 +114,19 @@ status:: repository and `U` if the submodule has merge conflicts. This command is the default command for 'git submodule'. + -If '--recursive' is specified, this command will recurse into nested +If `--recursive` is specified, this command will recurse into nested submodules, and show their status as well. ++ +If you are only interested in changes of the currently initialized +submodules with respect to the commit recorded in the index or the HEAD, +linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-diff[1] will provide that information +too (and can also report changes to a submodule's work tree). init:: Initialize the submodules, i.e. register each submodule name and url found in .gitmodules into .git/config. + It will also copy the value of `submodule.$name.update` into + .git/config. The key used in .git/config is `submodule.$name.url`. This command does not alter existing information in .git/config. You can then customize the submodule clone URLs in .git/config @@ -125,26 +138,30 @@ init:: update:: Update the registered submodules, i.e. clone missing submodules and checkout the commit specified in the index of the containing repository. - This will make the submodules HEAD be detached unless '--rebase' or - '--merge' is specified or the key `submodule.$name.update` is set to - `rebase` or `merge`. + This will make the submodules HEAD be detached unless `--rebase` or + `--merge` is specified or the key `submodule.$name.update` is set to + `rebase`, `merge` or `none`. `none` can be overridden by specifying + `--checkout`. + If the submodule is not yet initialized, and you just want to use the setting as stored in .gitmodules, you can automatically initialize the -submodule with the --init option. +submodule with the `--init` option. + -If '--recursive' is specified, this command will recurse into the +If `--recursive` is specified, this command will recurse into the registered submodules, and update any nested submodules within. summary:: Show commit summary between the given commit (defaults to HEAD) and working tree/index. For a submodule in question, a series of commits in the submodule between the given super project commit and the - index or working tree (switched by --cached) are shown. If the option - --files is given, show the series of commits in the submodule between + index or working tree (switched by `--cached`) are shown. If the option + `--files` is given, show the series of commits in the submodule between the index of the super project and the working tree of the submodule - (this option doesn't allow to use the --cached option or to provide an + (this option doesn't allow to use the `--cached` option or to provide an explicit commit). ++ +Using the `--submodule=log` option with linkgit:git-diff[1] will provide that +information too. foreach:: Evaluates an arbitrary shell command in each checked out submodule. @@ -155,9 +172,9 @@ foreach:: superproject, $sha1 is the commit as recorded in the superproject, and $toplevel is the absolute path to the top-level of the superproject. Any submodules defined in the superproject but not checked out are - ignored by this command. Unless given --quiet, foreach prints the name + ignored by this command. Unless given `--quiet`, foreach prints the name of each submodule before evaluating the command. - If --recursive is given, submodules are traversed recursively (i.e. + If `--recursive` is given, submodules are traversed recursively (i.e. the given shell command is evaluated in nested submodules as well). A non-zero return from the command in any submodule causes the processing to terminate. This can be overridden by adding '|| :' @@ -170,7 +187,7 @@ commit for each submodule. sync:: Synchronizes submodules' remote URL configuration setting to the value specified in .gitmodules. It will only affect those - submodules which already have an url entry in .git/config (that is the + submodules which already have a URL entry in .git/config (that is the case when they are initialized or freshly added). This is useful when submodule URLs change upstream and you need to update your local repositories accordingly. @@ -237,13 +254,18 @@ OPTIONS If the key `submodule.$name.update` is set to `rebase`, this option is implicit. +--init:: + This option is only valid for the update command. + Initialize all submodules for which "git submodule init" has not been + called so far before updating. + --reference <repository>:: This option is only valid for add and update commands. These commands sometimes need to clone a remote repository. In this case, this option will be passed to the linkgit:git-clone[1] command. + *NOTE*: Do *not* use this option unless you have read the note -for linkgit:git-clone[1]'s --reference and --shared options carefully. +for linkgit:git-clone[1]'s `--reference` and `--shared` options carefully. --recursive:: This option is only valid for foreach, update and status commands. diff --git a/Documentation/git-svn.txt b/Documentation/git-svn.txt index ed5eca1fce..cfe8d2b5df 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-svn.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-svn.txt @@ -157,6 +157,17 @@ Skip "branches" and "tags" of first level directories;; affecting the working tree; and the 'rebase' command will be able to update the working tree with the latest changes. +--preserve-empty-dirs;; + Create a placeholder file in the local Git repository for each + empty directory fetched from Subversion. This includes directories + that become empty by removing all entries in the Subversion + repository (but not the directory itself). The placeholder files + are also tracked and removed when no longer necessary. + +--placeholder-filename=<filename>;; + Set the name of placeholder files created by --preserve-empty-dirs. + Default: ".gitignore" + 'rebase':: This fetches revisions from the SVN parent of the current HEAD and rebases the current (uncommitted to SVN) work against it. @@ -178,18 +189,16 @@ and have no uncommitted changes. last fetched commit from the upstream SVN. 'dcommit':: - Commit each diff from a specified head directly to the SVN + Commit each diff from the current branch directly to the SVN repository, and then rebase or reset (depending on whether or not there is a diff between SVN and head). This will create a revision in SVN for each commit in git. - It is recommended that you run 'git svn' fetch and rebase (not - pull or merge) your commits against the latest changes in the - SVN repository. - An optional revision or branch argument may be specified, and - causes 'git svn' to do all work on that revision/branch - instead of HEAD. - This is advantageous over 'set-tree' (below) because it produces - cleaner, more linear history. ++ +When an optional git branch name (or a git commit object name) +is specified as an argument, the subcommand works on the specified +branch, not on the current branch. ++ +Use of 'dcommit' is preferred to 'set-tree' (below). + --no-rebase;; After committing, do not rebase or reset. @@ -211,8 +220,25 @@ discouraged. Add the given merge information during the dcommit (e.g. `--mergeinfo="/branches/foo:1-10"`). All svn server versions can store this information (as a property), and svn clients starting from - version 1.5 can make use of it. 'git svn' currently does not use it - and does not set it automatically. + version 1.5 can make use of it. To specify merge information from multiple + branches, use a single space character between the branches + (`--mergeinfo="/branches/foo:1-10 /branches/bar:3,5-6,8"`) ++ +[verse] +config key: svn.pushmergeinfo ++ +This option will cause git-svn to attempt to automatically populate the +svn:mergeinfo property in the SVN repository when possible. Currently, this can +only be done when dcommitting non-fast-forward merges where all parents but the +first have already been pushed into SVN. + +--interactive;; + Ask the user to confirm that a patch set should actually be sent to SVN. + For each patch, one may answer "yes" (accept this patch), "no" (discard this + patch), "all" (accept all patches), or "quit". + + + 'git svn dcommit' returns immediately if answer if "no" or "quit", without + commiting anything to SVN. 'branch':: Create a branch in the SVN repository. @@ -298,7 +324,7 @@ Any other arguments are passed directly to 'git log' Show what revision and author last modified each line of a file. The output of this mode is format-compatible with the output of `svn blame' by default. Like the SVN blame command, - local uncommitted changes in the working copy are ignored; + local uncommitted changes in the working tree are ignored; the version of the file in the HEAD revision is annotated. Unknown arguments are passed directly to 'git blame'. + @@ -544,6 +570,8 @@ config key: svn.repackflags --merge:: -s<strategy>:: --strategy=<strategy>:: +-p:: +--preserve-merges:: These are only used with the 'dcommit' and 'rebase' commands. + Passed directly to 'git rebase' when using 'dcommit' if a @@ -772,18 +800,19 @@ have each person clone that repository with 'git clone': REBASE VS. PULL/MERGE --------------------- - -Originally, 'git svn' recommended that the 'remotes/git-svn' branch be -pulled or merged from. This is because the author favored +Prefer to use 'git svn rebase' or 'git rebase', rather than +'git pull' or 'git merge' to synchronize unintegrated commits with a 'git svn' +branch. Doing so will keep the history of unintegrated commits linear with +respect to the upstream SVN repository and allow the use of the preferred +'git svn dcommit' subcommand to push unintegrated commits back into SVN. + +Originally, 'git svn' recommended that developers pulled or merged from +the 'git svn' branch. This was because the author favored `git svn set-tree B` to commit a single head rather than the -`git svn set-tree A..B` notation to commit multiple commits. - -If you use `git svn set-tree A..B` to commit several diffs and you do -not have the latest remotes/git-svn merged into my-branch, you should -use `git svn rebase` to update your work branch instead of `git pull` or -`git merge`. `pull`/`merge` can cause non-linear history to be flattened -when committing into SVN, which can lead to merge commits reversing -previous commits in SVN. +`git svn set-tree A..B` notation to commit multiple commits. Use of +'git pull' or 'git merge' with `git svn set-tree A..B` will cause non-linear +history to be flattened when committing into SVN and this can lead to merge +commits unexpectedly reversing previous commits in SVN. MERGE TRACKING -------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-symbolic-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-symbolic-ref.txt index 75b1ae5061..981d3a8fc1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-symbolic-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-symbolic-ref.txt @@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ git-symbolic-ref - Read and modify symbolic refs SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git symbolic-ref' [-q] [-m <reason>] <name> [<ref>] +'git symbolic-ref' [-m <reason>] <name> <ref> +'git symbolic-ref' [-q] [--short] <name> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -33,6 +34,10 @@ OPTIONS symbolic ref but a detached HEAD; instead exit with non-zero status silently. +--short:: + When showing the value of <name> as a symbolic ref, try to shorten the + value, e.g. from `refs/heads/master` to `master`. + -m:: Update the reflog for <name> with <reason>. This is valid only when creating or updating a symbolic ref. @@ -43,12 +48,9 @@ In the past, `.git/HEAD` was a symbolic link pointing at `refs/heads/master`. When we wanted to switch to another branch, we did `ln -sf refs/heads/newbranch .git/HEAD`, and when we wanted to find out which branch we are on, we did `readlink .git/HEAD`. -This was fine, and internally that is what still happens by -default, but on platforms that do not have working symlinks, -or that do not have the `readlink(1)` command, this was a bit -cumbersome. On some platforms, `ln -sf` does not even work as -advertised (horrors). Therefore symbolic links are now deprecated -and symbolic refs are used by default. +But symbolic links are not entirely portable, so they are now +deprecated and symbolic refs (as described above) are used by +default. 'git symbolic-ref' will exit with status 0 if the contents of the symbolic ref were printed correctly, with status 1 if the requested diff --git a/Documentation/git-tag.txt b/Documentation/git-tag.txt index fb1c0ac694..e36a7c3d1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tag.txt @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git tag' [-a | -s | -u <key-id>] [-f] [-m <msg> | -F <file>] <tagname> [<commit> | <object>] 'git tag' -d <tagname>... -'git tag' [-n[<num>]] -l [--contains <commit>] [<pattern>...] +'git tag' [-n[<num>]] -l [--contains <commit>] [--points-at <object>] + [--column[=<options>] | --no-column] [<pattern>...] + [<pattern>...] 'git tag' -v <tagname>... DESCRIPTION @@ -38,27 +40,34 @@ created (i.e. a lightweight tag). A GnuPG signed tag object will be created when `-s` or `-u <key-id>` is used. When `-u <key-id>` is not used, the committer identity for the current user is used to find the -GnuPG key for signing. +GnuPG key for signing. The configuration variable `gpg.program` +is used to specify custom GnuPG binary. + OPTIONS ------- -a:: +--annotate:: Make an unsigned, annotated tag object -s:: - Make a GPG-signed tag, using the default e-mail address's key +--sign:: + Make a GPG-signed tag, using the default e-mail address's key. -u <key-id>:: - Make a GPG-signed tag, using the given key +--local-user=<key-id>:: + Make a GPG-signed tag, using the given key. -f:: --force:: Replace an existing tag with the given name (instead of failing) -d:: +--delete:: Delete existing tags with the given names. -v:: +--verify:: Verify the gpg signature of the given tag names. -n<num>:: @@ -69,16 +78,29 @@ OPTIONS If the tag is not annotated, the commit message is displayed instead. -l <pattern>:: +--list <pattern>:: List tags with names that match the given pattern (or all if no pattern is given). Running "git tag" without arguments also lists all tags. The pattern is a shell wildcard (i.e., matched using fnmatch(3)). Multiple patterns may be given; if any of them matches, the tag is shown. +--column[=<options>]:: +--no-column:: + Display tag listing in columns. See configuration variable + column.tag for option syntax.`--column` and `--no-column` + without options are equivalent to 'always' and 'never' respectively. ++ +This option is only applicable when listing tags without annotation lines. + --contains <commit>:: Only list tags which contain the specified commit. +--points-at <object>:: + Only list tags of the given object. + -m <msg>:: +--message=<msg>:: Use the given tag message (instead of prompting). If multiple `-m` options are given, their values are concatenated as separate paragraphs. @@ -86,11 +108,19 @@ OPTIONS is given. -F <file>:: +--file=<file>:: Take the tag message from the given file. Use '-' to read the message from the standard input. Implies `-a` if none of `-a`, `-s`, or `-u <key-id>` is given. +--cleanup=<mode>:: + This option sets how the tag message is cleaned up. + The '<mode>' can be one of 'verbatim', 'whitespace' and 'strip'. The + 'strip' mode is default. The 'verbatim' mode does not change message at + all, 'whitespace' removes just leading/trailing whitespace lines and + 'strip' removes both whitespace and commentary. + <tagname>:: The name of the tag to create, delete, or describe. The new tag name must pass all checks defined by diff --git a/Documentation/git-tar-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-tar-tree.txt index 95b135d8ad..f7362dc2d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tar-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tar-tree.txt @@ -53,26 +53,26 @@ tar.umask:: EXAMPLES -------- -git tar-tree HEAD junk | (cd /var/tmp/ && tar xf -):: +`git tar-tree HEAD junk | (cd /var/tmp/ && tar xf -)`:: Create a tar archive that contains the contents of the latest commit on the current branch, and extracts it in `/var/tmp/junk` directory. -git tar-tree v1.4.0 git-1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz:: +`git tar-tree v1.4.0 git-1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz`:: Create a tarball for v1.4.0 release. -git tar-tree v1.4.0{caret}\{tree\} git-1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz:: +`git tar-tree v1.4.0^{tree} git-1.4.0 | gzip >git-1.4.0.tar.gz`:: Create a tarball for v1.4.0 release, but without a global extended pax header. -git tar-tree --remote=example.com:git.git v1.4.0 >git-1.4.0.tar:: +`git tar-tree --remote=example.com:git.git v1.4.0 >git-1.4.0.tar`:: Get a tarball v1.4.0 from example.com. -git tar-tree HEAD:Documentation/ git-docs > git-1.4.0-docs.tar:: +`git tar-tree HEAD:Documentation/ git-docs > git-1.4.0-docs.tar`:: Put everything in the current head's Documentation/ directory into 'git-1.4.0-docs.tar', with the prefix 'git-docs/'. diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt index a3081f4e23..9d0b1515c5 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--ignore-submodules] [--really-refresh] [--unresolve] [--again | -g] [--info-only] [--index-info] - [-z] [--stdin] + [-z] [--stdin] [--index-version <n>] [--verbose] [--] [<file>...] @@ -143,6 +143,10 @@ you will need to handle the situation manually. --verbose:: Report what is being added and removed from index. +--index-version <n>:: + Write the resulting index out in the named on-disk format version. + The current default version is 2. + -z:: Only meaningful with `--stdin` or `--index-info`; paths are separated with NUL character instead of LF. diff --git a/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt index a58e90ca8d..71f16083d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-upload-pack.txt @@ -34,6 +34,10 @@ OPTIONS <directory>:: The repository to sync from. +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-var.txt b/Documentation/git-var.txt index 5317cc2474..67edf58689 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-var.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-var.txt @@ -43,22 +43,21 @@ GIT_EDITOR:: `$SOME_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE`, `"C:\Program Files\Vim\gvim.exe" --nofork`. The order of preference is the `$GIT_EDITOR` environment variable, then `core.editor` configuration, then - `$VISUAL`, then `$EDITOR`, and then finally 'vi'. + `$VISUAL`, then `$EDITOR`, and then the default chosen at compile + time, which is usually 'vi'. +ifdef::git-default-editor[] + The build you are using chose '{git-default-editor}' as the default. +endif::git-default-editor[] GIT_PAGER:: Text viewer for use by git commands (e.g., 'less'). The value is meant to be interpreted by the shell. The order of preference is the `$GIT_PAGER` environment variable, then `core.pager` - configuration, then `$PAGER`, and then finally 'less'. - -Diagnostics ------------ -You don't exist. Go away!:: - The passwd(5) gecos field couldn't be read -Your parents must have hated you!:: - The passwd(5) gecos field is longer than a giant static buffer. -Your sysadmin must hate you!:: - The passwd(5) name field is longer than a giant static buffer. + configuration, then `$PAGER`, and then the default chosen at + compile time (usually 'less'). +ifdef::git-default-pager[] + The build you are using chose '{git-default-pager}' as the default. +endif::git-default-pager[] SEE ALSO -------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-whatchanged.txt b/Documentation/git-whatchanged.txt index 99388bd374..6c8f510c3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-whatchanged.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-whatchanged.txt @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ include::pretty-formats.txt[] Examples -------- -git whatchanged -p v2.6.12.. include/scsi drivers/scsi:: +`git whatchanged -p v2.6.12.. include/scsi drivers/scsi`:: Show as patches the commits since version 'v2.6.12' that changed any file in the include/scsi or drivers/scsi subdirectories -git whatchanged --since="2 weeks ago" \-- gitk:: +`git whatchanged --since="2 weeks ago" -- gitk`:: Show the changes during the last two weeks to the file 'gitk'. The "--" is necessary to avoid confusion with the *branch* named diff --git a/Documentation/git.txt b/Documentation/git.txt index e6b64dbde7..7af8aaa047 100644 --- a/Documentation/git.txt +++ b/Documentation/git.txt @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ git - the stupid content tracker SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git' [--version] [--exec-path[=<path>]] [--html-path] [--man-path] [--info-path] - [-p|--paginate|--no-pager] [--no-replace-objects] - [--bare] [--git-dir=<path>] [--work-tree=<path>] - [-c <name>=<value>] - [--help] <command> [<args>] +'git' [--version] [--help] [-c <name>=<value>] + [--exec-path[=<path>]] [--html-path] [--man-path] [--info-path] + [-p|--paginate|--no-pager] [--no-replace-objects] [--bare] + [--git-dir=<path>] [--work-tree=<path>] [--namespace=<name>] + <command> [<args>] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -44,6 +44,60 @@ unreleased) version of git, that is available from 'master' branch of the `git.git` repository. Documentation for older releases are available here: +* link:v1.7.11.4/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.11.4] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/1.7.11.4.txt[1.7.11.4], + link:RelNotes/1.7.11.3.txt[1.7.11.3], + link:RelNotes/1.7.11.2.txt[1.7.11.2], + link:RelNotes/1.7.11.1.txt[1.7.11.1], + link:RelNotes/1.7.11.txt[1.7.11]. + +* link:v1.7.10.5/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.10.5] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.5.txt[1.7.10.5], + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.4.txt[1.7.10.4], + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.3.txt[1.7.10.3], + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.2.txt[1.7.10.2], + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.1.txt[1.7.10.1], + link:RelNotes/1.7.10.txt[1.7.10]. + +* link:v1.7.9.7/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.9.7] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.7.txt[1.7.9.7], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.6.txt[1.7.9.6], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.5.txt[1.7.9.5], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.4.txt[1.7.9.4], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.3.txt[1.7.9.3], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.2.txt[1.7.9.2], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.1.txt[1.7.9.1], + link:RelNotes/1.7.9.txt[1.7.9]. + +* link:v1.7.8.6/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.8.6] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.6.txt[1.7.8.6], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.5.txt[1.7.8.5], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.4.txt[1.7.8.4], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.3.txt[1.7.8.3], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.2.txt[1.7.8.2], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.1.txt[1.7.8.1], + link:RelNotes/1.7.8.txt[1.7.8]. + +* link:v1.7.7.7/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.7.7] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.7.txt[1.7.7.7], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.6.txt[1.7.7.6], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.5.txt[1.7.7.5], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.4.txt[1.7.7.4], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.3.txt[1.7.7.3], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.2.txt[1.7.7.2], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.1.txt[1.7.7.1], + link:RelNotes/1.7.7.txt[1.7.7]. + * link:v1.7.6.6/git.html[documentation for release 1.7.6.6] * release notes for @@ -336,6 +390,11 @@ help ...`. variable (see core.worktree in linkgit:git-config[1] for a more detailed discussion). +--namespace=<path>:: + Set the git namespace. See linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] for more + details. Equivalent to setting the `GIT_NAMESPACE` environment + variable. + --bare:: Treat the repository as a bare repository. If GIT_DIR environment is not set, it is set to the current working @@ -599,6 +658,10 @@ git so take care if using Cogito etc. This can also be controlled by the '--work-tree' command line option and the core.worktree configuration variable. +'GIT_NAMESPACE':: + Set the git namespace; see linkgit:gitnamespaces[7] for details. + The '--namespace' command-line option also sets this value. + 'GIT_CEILING_DIRECTORIES':: This should be a colon-separated list of absolute paths. If set, it is a list of directories that git should not chdir @@ -673,6 +736,12 @@ other a pager. See also the `core.pager` option in linkgit:git-config[1]. +'GIT_EDITOR':: + This environment variable overrides `$EDITOR` and `$VISUAL`. + It is used by several git commands when, on interactive mode, + an editor is to be launched. See also linkgit:git-var[1] + and the `core.editor` option in linkgit:git-config[1]. + 'GIT_SSH':: If this environment variable is set then 'git fetch' and 'git push' will use this command instead diff --git a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt index 2bbe76b5d8..80120ea14f 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt @@ -294,16 +294,27 @@ output is used to update the worktree file. Similarly, the `clean` command is used to convert the contents of worktree file upon checkin. -A missing filter driver definition in the config is not an error -but makes the filter a no-op passthru. - -The content filtering is done to massage the content into a -shape that is more convenient for the platform, filesystem, and -the user to use. The key phrase here is "more convenient" and not -"turning something unusable into usable". In other words, the -intent is that if someone unsets the filter driver definition, -or does not have the appropriate filter program, the project -should still be usable. +One use of the content filtering is to massage the content into a shape +that is more convenient for the platform, filesystem, and the user to use. +For this mode of operation, the key phrase here is "more convenient" and +not "turning something unusable into usable". In other words, the intent +is that if someone unsets the filter driver definition, or does not have +the appropriate filter program, the project should still be usable. + +Another use of the content filtering is to store the content that cannot +be directly used in the repository (e.g. a UUID that refers to the true +content stored outside git, or an encrypted content) and turn it into a +usable form upon checkout (e.g. download the external content, or decrypt +the encrypted content). + +These two filters behave differently, and by default, a filter is taken as +the former, massaging the contents into more convenient shape. A missing +filter driver definition in the config, or a filter driver that exits with +a non-zero status, is not an error but makes the filter a no-op passthru. + +You can declare that a filter turns a content that by itself is unusable +into a usable content by setting the filter.<driver>.required configuration +variable to `true`. For example, in .gitattributes, you would assign the `filter` attribute for paths. @@ -335,6 +346,16 @@ input that is already correctly indented. In this case, the lack of a smudge filter means that the clean filter _must_ accept its own output without modifying it. +If a filter _must_ succeed in order to make the stored contents usable, +you can declare that the filter is `required`, in the configuration: + +------------------------ +[filter "crypt"] + clean = openssl enc ... + smudge = openssl enc -d ... + required +------------------------ + Sequence "%f" on the filter command line is replaced with the name of the file the filter is working on. A filter might use this in keyword substitution. For example: @@ -500,6 +521,8 @@ patterns are available: - `java` suitable for source code in the Java language. +- `matlab` suitable for source code in the MATLAB language. + - `objc` suitable for source code in the Objective-C language. - `pascal` suitable for source code in the Pascal/Delphi language. @@ -955,6 +978,9 @@ frotz unspecified ---------------------------------------------------------------- +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:git-check-attr[1]. GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/gitcli.txt b/Documentation/gitcli.txt index f734f97b8e..ea17f7a53b 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcli.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcli.txt @@ -25,22 +25,22 @@ arguments. Here are the rules: are paths. * When an argument can be misunderstood as either a revision or a path, - they can be disambiguated by placing `\--` between them. - E.g. `git diff \-- HEAD` is, "I have a file called HEAD in my work + they can be disambiguated by placing `--` between them. + E.g. `git diff -- HEAD` is, "I have a file called HEAD in my work tree. Please show changes between the version I staged in the index and what I have in the work tree for that file". not "show difference between the HEAD commit and the work tree as a whole". You can say - `git diff HEAD \--` to ask for the latter. + `git diff HEAD --` to ask for the latter. - * Without disambiguating `\--`, git makes a reasonable guess, but errors + * Without disambiguating `--`, git makes a reasonable guess, but errors out and asking you to disambiguate when ambiguous. E.g. if you have a file called HEAD in your work tree, `git diff HEAD` is ambiguous, and - you have to say either `git diff HEAD \--` or `git diff \-- HEAD` to + you have to say either `git diff HEAD --` or `git diff -- HEAD` to disambiguate. When writing a script that is expected to handle random user-input, it is a good practice to make it explicit which arguments are which by placing -disambiguating `\--` at appropriate places. +disambiguating `--` at appropriate places. Here are the rules regarding the "flags" that you should follow when you are scripting git: diff --git a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt index c27d086f68..9d893369a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ to your working tree, you use the 'git update-index' program. That program normally just takes a list of filenames you want to update, but to avoid trivial mistakes, it refuses to add new entries to the index (or remove existing ones) unless you explicitly tell it that you're -adding a new entry with the `\--add` flag (or removing an entry with the -`\--remove`) flag. +adding a new entry with the `--add` flag (or removing an entry with the +`--remove`) flag. So to populate the index with the two files you just created, you can do @@ -399,10 +399,10 @@ $ git diff HEAD which ends up doing the above for you. In other words, 'git diff-index' normally compares a tree against the -working tree, but when given the `\--cached` flag, it is told to +working tree, but when given the `--cached` flag, it is told to instead compare against just the index cache contents, and ignore the current working tree state entirely. Since we just wrote the index -file to HEAD, doing `git diff-index \--cached -p HEAD` should thus return +file to HEAD, doing `git diff-index --cached -p HEAD` should thus return an empty set of differences, and that's exactly what it does. [NOTE] @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ an empty set of differences, and that's exactly what it does. comparisons, and saying that it compares a tree against the working tree is thus not strictly accurate. In particular, the list of files to compare (the "meta-data") *always* comes from the index file, -regardless of whether the `\--cached` flag is used or not. The `\--cached` +regardless of whether the `--cached` flag is used or not. The `--cached` flag really only determines whether the file *contents* to be compared come from the working tree or not. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ update the index cache: $ git update-index hello ------------------------------------------------ -(note how we didn't need the `\--add` flag this time, since git knew +(note how we didn't need the `--add` flag this time, since git knew about the file already). Note what happens to the different 'git diff-{asterisk}' versions here. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ short history. When using the above two commands, the initial commit will be shown. If this is a problem because it is huge, you can hide it by setting the log.showroot configuration variable to false. Having this, you -can still show it for each command just adding the `\--root` option, +can still show it for each command just adding the `--root` option, which is a flag for 'git diff-tree' accepted by both commands. With that, you should now be having some inkling of what git does, and @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ helps you view what's going on: $ gitk --all ---------------- -will show you graphically both of your branches (that's what the `\--all` +will show you graphically both of your branches (that's what the `--all` means: normally it will just show you your current `HEAD`) and their histories. You can also see exactly how they came to be from a common source. @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ which will very loudly warn you that you're now committing a merge (which is correct, so never mind), and you can write a small merge message about your adventures in 'git merge'-land. -After you're done, start up `gitk \--all` to see graphically what the +After you're done, start up `gitk --all` to see graphically what the history looks like. Notice that `mybranch` still exists, and you can switch to it, and continue to work with it if you want to. The `mybranch` branch will not contain the merge, but next time you merge it @@ -958,11 +958,11 @@ $ git show-branch --topo-order --more=1 master mybranch The first two lines indicate that it is showing the two branches and the first line of the commit log message from their top-of-the-tree commits, you are currently on `master` branch -(notice the asterisk `{asterisk}` character), and the first column for +(notice the asterisk `*` character), and the first column for the later output lines is used to show commits contained in the `master` branch, and the second column for the `mybranch` branch. Three commits are shown along with their log messages. -All of them have non blank characters in the first column (`{asterisk}` +All of them have non blank characters in the first column (`*` shows an ordinary commit on the current branch, `-` is a merge commit), which means they are now part of the `master` branch. Only the "Some work" commit has the plus `+` character in the second column, @@ -1002,9 +1002,9 @@ would be different) ---------------- Updating from ae3a2da... to a80b4aa.... Fast-forward (no commit created; -m option ignored) - example | 1 + - hello | 1 + - 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) + example | 1 + + hello | 1 + + 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+) ---------------- Because your branch did not contain anything more than what had @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ not actually do a merge. Instead, it just updated the top of the tree of your branch to that of the `master` branch. This is often called 'fast-forward' merge. -You can run `gitk \--all` again to see how the commit ancestry +You can run `gitk --all` again to see how the commit ancestry looks like, or run 'show-branch', which tells you this. ------------------------------------------------ @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ this 'collapsing' tends to trivially merge most of the paths fairly quickly, leaving only a handful of real changes in non-zero stages. -To look at only non-zero stages, use `\--unmerged` flag: +To look at only non-zero stages, use `--unmerged` flag: ------------ $ git ls-files --unmerged @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ packed, and stores the packed file in `.git/objects/pack` directory. [NOTE] -You will see two files, `pack-{asterisk}.pack` and `pack-{asterisk}.idx`, +You will see two files, `pack-*.pack` and `pack-*.idx`, in `.git/objects/pack` directory. They are closely related to each other, and if you ever copy them by hand to a different repository for whatever reason, you should make sure you copy diff --git a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dfffc0046 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +gitcredentials(7) +================= + +NAME +---- +gitcredentials - providing usernames and passwords to git + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +------------------ +git config credential.https://example.com.username myusername +git config credential.helper "$helper $options" +------------------ + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +Git will sometimes need credentials from the user in order to perform +operations; for example, it may need to ask for a username and password +in order to access a remote repository over HTTP. This manual describes +the mechanisms git uses to request these credentials, as well as some +features to avoid inputting these credentials repeatedly. + +REQUESTING CREDENTIALS +---------------------- + +Without any credential helpers defined, git will try the following +strategies to ask the user for usernames and passwords: + +1. If the `GIT_ASKPASS` environment variable is set, the program + specified by the variable is invoked. A suitable prompt is provided + to the program on the command line, and the user's input is read + from its standard output. + +2. Otherwise, if the `core.askpass` configuration variable is set, its + value is used as above. + +3. Otherwise, if the `SSH_ASKPASS` environment variable is set, its + value is used as above. + +4. Otherwise, the user is prompted on the terminal. + +AVOIDING REPETITION +------------------- + +It can be cumbersome to input the same credentials over and over. Git +provides two methods to reduce this annoyance: + +1. Static configuration of usernames for a given authentication context. + +2. Credential helpers to cache or store passwords, or to interact with + a system password wallet or keychain. + +The first is simple and appropriate if you do not have secure storage available +for a password. It is generally configured by adding this to your config: + +--------------------------------------- +[credential "https://example.com"] + username = me +--------------------------------------- + +Credential helpers, on the other hand, are external programs from which git can +request both usernames and passwords; they typically interface with secure +storage provided by the OS or other programs. + +To use a helper, you must first select one to use. Git currently +includes the following helpers: + +cache:: + + Cache credentials in memory for a short period of time. See + linkgit:git-credential-cache[1] for details. + +store:: + + Store credentials indefinitely on disk. See + linkgit:git-credential-store[1] for details. + +You may also have third-party helpers installed; search for +`credential-*` in the output of `git help -a`, and consult the +documentation of individual helpers. Once you have selected a helper, +you can tell git to use it by putting its name into the +credential.helper variable. + +1. Find a helper. ++ +------------------------------------------- +$ git help -a | grep credential- +credential-foo +------------------------------------------- + +2. Read its description. ++ +------------------------------------------- +$ git help credential-foo +------------------------------------------- + +3. Tell git to use it. ++ +------------------------------------------- +$ git config --global credential.helper foo +------------------------------------------- + +If there are multiple instances of the `credential.helper` configuration +variable, each helper will be tried in turn, and may provide a username, +password, or nothing. Once git has acquired both a username and a +password, no more helpers will be tried. + + +CREDENTIAL CONTEXTS +------------------- + +Git considers each credential to have a context defined by a URL. This context +is used to look up context-specific configuration, and is passed to any +helpers, which may use it as an index into secure storage. + +For instance, imagine we are accessing `https://example.com/foo.git`. When git +looks into a config file to see if a section matches this context, it will +consider the two a match if the context is a more-specific subset of the +pattern in the config file. For example, if you have this in your config file: + +-------------------------------------- +[credential "https://example.com"] + username = foo +-------------------------------------- + +then we will match: both protocols are the same, both hosts are the same, and +the "pattern" URL does not care about the path component at all. However, this +context would not match: + +-------------------------------------- +[credential "https://kernel.org"] + username = foo +-------------------------------------- + +because the hostnames differ. Nor would it match `foo.example.com`; git +compares hostnames exactly, without considering whether two hosts are part of +the same domain. Likewise, a config entry for `http://example.com` would not +match: git compares the protocols exactly. + + +CONFIGURATION OPTIONS +--------------------- + +Options for a credential context can be configured either in +`credential.*` (which applies to all credentials), or +`credential.<url>.*`, where <url> matches the context as described +above. + +The following options are available in either location: + +helper:: + + The name of an external credential helper, and any associated options. + If the helper name is not an absolute path, then the string `git + credential-` is prepended. The resulting string is executed by the + shell (so, for example, setting this to `foo --option=bar` will execute + `git credential-foo --option=bar` via the shell. See the manual of + specific helpers for examples of their use. + +username:: + + A default username, if one is not provided in the URL. + +useHttpPath:: + + By default, git does not consider the "path" component of an http URL + to be worth matching via external helpers. This means that a credential + stored for `https://example.com/foo.git` will also be used for + `https://example.com/bar.git`. If you do want to distinguish these + cases, set this option to `true`. + + +CUSTOM HELPERS +-------------- + +You can write your own custom helpers to interface with any system in +which you keep credentials. See the documentation for git's +link:technical/api-credentials.html[credentials API] for details. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitdiffcore.txt b/Documentation/gitdiffcore.txt index 370624c171..daf1782a31 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitdiffcore.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitdiffcore.txt @@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ a similarity score different from the default of 50% by giving a number after the "-M" or "-C" option (e.g. "-M8" to tell it to use 8/10 = 80%). -Note. When the "-C" option is used with `\--find-copies-harder` +Note. When the "-C" option is used with `--find-copies-harder` option, 'git diff-{asterisk}' commands feed unmodified filepairs to diffcore mechanism as well as modified ones. This lets the copy detector consider unmodified files as copy source candidates at -the expense of making it slower. Without `\--find-copies-harder`, +the expense of making it slower. Without `--find-copies-harder`, 'git diff-{asterisk}' commands can detect copies only if the file that was copied happened to have been modified in the same changeset. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ diffcore-pickaxe: For Detecting Addition/Deletion of Specified String This transformation is used to find filepairs that represent changes that touch a specified string, and is controlled by the --S option and the `\--pickaxe-all` option to the 'git diff-{asterisk}' +-S option and the `--pickaxe-all` option to the 'git diff-*' commands. When diffcore-pickaxe is in use, it checks if there are @@ -233,9 +233,9 @@ different number of specified string. Such a filepair represents "the string appeared in this changeset". It also checks for the opposite case that loses the specified string. -When `\--pickaxe-all` is not in effect, diffcore-pickaxe leaves +When `--pickaxe-all` is not in effect, diffcore-pickaxe leaves only such filepairs that touch the specified string in its -output. When `\--pickaxe-all` is used, diffcore-pickaxe leaves all +output. When `--pickaxe-all` is used, diffcore-pickaxe leaves all filepairs intact if there is such a filepair, or makes the output empty otherwise. The latter behaviour is designed to make reviewing of the changes in the context of the whole diff --git a/Documentation/githooks.txt b/Documentation/githooks.txt index 28edefa202..b9003fed24 100644 --- a/Documentation/githooks.txt +++ b/Documentation/githooks.txt @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ pre-commit ~~~~~~~~~~ This hook is invoked by 'git commit', and can be bypassed -with `\--no-verify` option. It takes no parameter, and is +with `--no-verify` option. It takes no parameter, and is invoked before obtaining the proposed commit log message and making a commit. Exiting with non-zero status from this script causes the 'git commit' to abort. @@ -99,12 +99,12 @@ given); `template` (if a `-t` option was given or the configuration option `commit.template` is set); `merge` (if the commit is a merge or a `.git/MERGE_MSG` file exists); `squash` (if a `.git/SQUASH_MSG` file exists); or `commit`, followed by -a commit SHA1 (if a `-c`, `-C` or `\--amend` option was given). +a commit SHA1 (if a `-c`, `-C` or `--amend` option was given). If the exit status is non-zero, 'git commit' will abort. The purpose of the hook is to edit the message file in place, and -it is not suppressed by the `\--no-verify` option. A non-zero exit +it is not suppressed by the `--no-verify` option. A non-zero exit means a failure of the hook and aborts the commit. It should not be used as replacement for pre-commit hook. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ commit-msg ~~~~~~~~~~ This hook is invoked by 'git commit', and can be bypassed -with `\--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the +with `--no-verify` option. It takes a single parameter, the name of the file that holds the proposed commit log message. Exiting with non-zero status causes the 'git commit' to abort. diff --git a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt index 4040941e55..4effd78902 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ submodule.<name>.path:: be unique within the .gitmodules file. submodule.<name>.url:: - Defines an url from where the submodule repository can be cloned. + Defines a URL from which the submodule repository can be cloned. This may be either an absolute URL ready to be passed to linkgit:git-clone[1] or (if it begins with ./ or ../) a location relative to the superproject's origin repository. @@ -41,8 +41,11 @@ submodule.<name>.update:: the commit specified in the superproject. If 'merge', the commit specified in the superproject will be merged into the current branch in the submodule. + If 'none', the submodule with name `$name` will not be updated + by default. + This config option is overridden if 'git submodule update' is given - the '--merge' or '--rebase' options. + the '--merge', '--rebase' or '--checkout' options. submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules:: This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this @@ -84,7 +87,7 @@ Consider the following .gitmodules file: This defines two submodules, `libfoo` and `libbar`. These are expected to be checked out in the paths 'include/foo' and 'include/bar', and for both -submodules an url is specified which can be used for cloning the submodules. +submodules a URL is specified which can be used for cloning the submodules. SEE ALSO -------- diff --git a/Documentation/gitnamespaces.txt b/Documentation/gitnamespaces.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6713cf5d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitnamespaces.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +gitnamespaces(7) +================ + +NAME +---- +gitnamespaces - Git namespaces + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +GIT_NAMESPACE=<namespace> 'git upload-pack' +GIT_NAMESPACE=<namespace> 'git receive-pack' + + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +Git supports dividing the refs of a single repository into multiple +namespaces, each of which has its own branches, tags, and HEAD. Git can +expose each namespace as an independent repository to pull from and push +to, while sharing the object store, and exposing all the refs to +operations such as linkgit:git-gc[1]. + +Storing multiple repositories as namespaces of a single repository +avoids storing duplicate copies of the same objects, such as when +storing multiple branches of the same source. The alternates mechanism +provides similar support for avoiding duplicates, but alternates do not +prevent duplication between new objects added to the repositories +without ongoing maintenance, while namespaces do. + +To specify a namespace, set the `GIT_NAMESPACE` environment variable to +the namespace. For each ref namespace, git stores the corresponding +refs in a directory under `refs/namespaces/`. For example, +`GIT_NAMESPACE=foo` will store refs under `refs/namespaces/foo/`. You +can also specify namespaces via the `--namespace` option to +linkgit:git[1]. + +Note that namespaces which include a `/` will expand to a hierarchy of +namespaces; for example, `GIT_NAMESPACE=foo/bar` will store refs under +`refs/namespaces/foo/refs/namespaces/bar/`. This makes paths in +`GIT_NAMESPACE` behave hierarchically, so that cloning with +`GIT_NAMESPACE=foo/bar` produces the same result as cloning with +`GIT_NAMESPACE=foo` and cloning from that repo with `GIT_NAMESPACE=bar`. It +also avoids ambiguity with strange namespace paths such as `foo/refs/heads/`, +which could otherwise generate directory/file conflicts within the `refs` +directory. + +linkgit:git-upload-pack[1] and linkgit:git-receive-pack[1] rewrite the +names of refs as specified by `GIT_NAMESPACE`. git-upload-pack and +git-receive-pack will ignore all references outside the specified +namespace. + +The smart HTTP server, linkgit:git-http-backend[1], will pass +GIT_NAMESPACE through to the backend programs; see +linkgit:git-http-backend[1] for sample configuration to expose +repository namespaces as repositories. + +For a simple local test, you can use linkgit:git-remote-ext[1]: + +---------- +git clone ext::'git --namespace=foo %s /tmp/prefixed.git' +---------- + +SECURITY +-------- + +Anyone with access to any namespace within a repository can potentially +access objects from any other namespace stored in the same repository. +You can't directly say "give me object ABCD" if you don't have a ref to +it, but you can do some other sneaky things like: + +. Claiming to push ABCD, at which point the server will optimize out the + need for you to actually send it. Now you have a ref to ABCD and can + fetch it (claiming not to have it, of course). + +. Requesting other refs, claiming that you have ABCD, at which point the + server may generate deltas against ABCD. + +None of this causes a problem if you only host public repositories, or +if everyone who may read one namespace may also read everything in every +other namespace (for instance, if everyone in an organization has read +permission to every repository). diff --git a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt index eb3d040783..5c891f1169 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt @@ -23,32 +23,25 @@ objects:: Object store associated with this repository. Usually an object store is self sufficient (i.e. all the objects that are referred to by an object found in it are also - found in it), but there are couple of ways to violate - it. + found in it), but there are a few ways to violate it. + -. You could populate the repository by running a commit walker -without `-a` option. Depending on which options are given, you -could have only commit objects without associated blobs and -trees this way, for example. A repository with this kind of -incomplete object store is not suitable to be published to the -outside world but sometimes useful for private repository. -. You also could have an incomplete but locally usable repository -by cloning shallowly. See linkgit:git-clone[1]. -. You can be using `objects/info/alternates` mechanism, or -`$GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES` mechanism to 'borrow' +. You could have an incomplete but locally usable repository +by creating a shallow clone. See linkgit:git-clone[1]. +. You could be using the `objects/info/alternates` or +`$GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES` mechanisms to 'borrow' objects from other object stores. A repository with this kind of incomplete object store is not suitable to be published for use with dumb transports but otherwise is OK as long as -`objects/info/alternates` points at the right object stores -it borrows from. +`objects/info/alternates` points at the object stores it +borrows from. objects/[0-9a-f][0-9a-f]:: - Traditionally, each object is stored in its own file. - They are split into 256 subdirectories using the first - two letters from its object name to keep the number of - directory entries `objects` directory itself needs to - hold. Objects found here are often called 'unpacked' - (or 'loose') objects. + A newly created object is stored in its own file. + The objects are splayed over 256 subdirectories using + the first two characters of the sha1 object name to + keep the number of directory entries in `objects` + itself to a manageable number. Objects found + here are often called 'unpacked' (or 'loose') objects. objects/pack:: Packs (files that store many object in compressed form, @@ -85,7 +78,7 @@ objects/info/http-alternates:: refs:: References are stored in subdirectories of this - directory. The 'git prune' command knows to keep + directory. The 'git prune' command knows to preserve objects reachable from refs found in this directory and its subdirectories. @@ -119,16 +112,17 @@ HEAD:: + HEAD can also record a specific commit directly, instead of being a symref to point at the current branch. Such a state -is often called 'detached HEAD', and almost all commands work -identically as normal. See linkgit:git-checkout[1] for -details. +is often called 'detached HEAD.' See linkgit:git-checkout[1] +for details. branches:: A slightly deprecated way to store shorthands to be used - to specify URL to 'git fetch', 'git pull' and 'git push' - commands is to store a file in `branches/<name>` and - give 'name' to these commands in place of 'repository' - argument. + to specify a URL to 'git fetch', 'git pull' and 'git push'. + A file can be stored as `branches/<name>` and then + 'name' can be given to these commands in place of + 'repository' argument. See the REMOTES section in + linkgit:git-fetch[1] for details. This mechanism is legacy + and not likely to be found in modern repositories. hooks:: Hooks are customization scripts used by various git @@ -173,9 +167,11 @@ info/exclude:: at it. See also: linkgit:gitignore[5]. remotes:: - Stores shorthands to be used to give URL and default - refnames to interact with remote repository to - 'git fetch', 'git pull' and 'git push' commands. + Stores shorthands for URL and default refnames for use + when interacting with remote repositories via 'git fetch', + 'git pull' and 'git push' commands. See the REMOTES section + in linkgit:git-fetch[1] for details. This mechanism is legacy + and not likely to be found in modern repositories. logs:: Records of changes made to refs are stored in this diff --git a/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt b/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt index f1e4422acc..e00a4d2170 100644 --- a/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt +++ b/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt @@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ $ echo 'hello world' > file.txt $ git add . $ git commit -a -m "initial commit" [master (root-commit) 54196cc] initial commit - 1 files changed, 1 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-) + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) create mode 100644 file.txt $ echo 'hello world!' >file.txt $ git commit -a -m "add emphasis" [master c4d59f3] add emphasis - 1 files changed, 1 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-) + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) ------------------------------------------------ What are the 7 digits of hex that git responded to the commit with? diff --git a/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49474557d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt @@ -0,0 +1,896 @@ +gitweb.conf(5) +============== + +NAME +---- +gitweb.conf - Gitweb (git web interface) configuration file + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +/etc/gitweb.conf, /etc/gitweb-common.conf, $GITWEBDIR/gitweb_config.perl + +DESCRIPTION +----------- + +The gitweb CGI script for viewing Git repositories over the web uses a +perl script fragment as its configuration file. You can set variables +using "`our $variable = value`"; text from a "#" character until the +end of a line is ignored. See *perlsyn*(1) for details. + +An example: + + # gitweb configuration file for http://git.example.org + # + our $projectroot = "/srv/git"; # FHS recommendation + our $site_name = 'Example.org >> Repos'; + + +The configuration file is used to override the default settings that +were built into gitweb at the time the 'gitweb.cgi' script was generated. + +While one could just alter the configuration settings in the gitweb +CGI itself, those changes would be lost upon upgrade. Configuration +settings might also be placed into a file in the same directory as the +CGI script with the default name 'gitweb_config.perl' -- allowing +one to have multiple gitweb instances with different configurations by +the use of symlinks. + +Note that some configuration can be controlled on per-repository rather than +gitweb-wide basis: see "Per-repository gitweb configuration" subsection on +linkgit:gitweb[1] manpage. + + +DISCUSSION +---------- +Gitweb reads configuration data from the following sources in the +following order: + + * built-in values (some set during build stage), + + * common system-wide configuration file (defaults to + '/etc/gitweb-common.conf'), + + * either per-instance configuration file (defaults to 'gitweb_config.perl' + in the same directory as the installed gitweb), or if it does not exists + then fallback system-wide configuration file (defaults to '/etc/gitweb.conf'). + +Values obtained in later configuration files override values obtained earlier +in the above sequence. + +Locations of the common system-wide configuration file, the fallback +system-wide configuration file and the per-instance configuration file +are defined at compile time using build-time Makefile configuration +variables, respectively `GITWEB_CONFIG_COMMON`, `GITWEB_CONFIG_SYSTEM` +and `GITWEB_CONFIG`. + +You can also override locations of gitweb configuration files during +runtime by setting the following environment variables: +`GITWEB_CONFIG_COMMON`, `GITWEB_CONFIG_SYSTEM` and `GITWEB_CONFIG` +to a non-empty value. + + +The syntax of the configuration files is that of Perl, since these files are +handled by sourcing them as fragments of Perl code (the language that +gitweb itself is written in). Variables are typically set using the +`our` qualifier (as in "`our $variable = <value>;`") to avoid syntax +errors if a new version of gitweb no longer uses a variable and therefore +stops declaring it. + +You can include other configuration file using read_config_file() +subroutine. For example, one might want to put gitweb configuration +related to access control for viewing repositories via Gitolite (one +of git repository management tools) in a separate file, e.g. in +'/etc/gitweb-gitolite.conf'. To include it, put + +-------------------------------------------------- +read_config_file("/etc/gitweb-gitolite.conf"); +-------------------------------------------------- + +somewhere in gitweb configuration file used, e.g. in per-installation +gitweb configuration file. Note that read_config_file() checks itself +that the file it reads exists, and does nothing if it is not found. +It also handles errors in included file. + + +The default configuration with no configuration file at all may work +perfectly well for some installations. Still, a configuration file is +useful for customizing or tweaking the behavior of gitweb in many ways, and +some optional features will not be present unless explicitly enabled using +the configurable `%features` variable (see also "Configuring gitweb +features" section below). + + +CONFIGURATION VARIABLES +----------------------- +Some configuration variables have their default values (embedded in the CGI +script) set during building gitweb -- if that is the case, this fact is put +in their description. See gitweb's 'INSTALL' file for instructions on building +and installing gitweb. + + +Location of repositories +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The configuration variables described below control how gitweb finds +git repositories, and how repositories are displayed and accessed. + +See also "Repositories" and later subsections in linkgit:gitweb[1] manpage. + +$projectroot:: + Absolute filesystem path which will be prepended to project path; + the path to repository is `$projectroot/$project`. Set to + `$GITWEB_PROJECTROOT` during installation. This variable has to be + set correctly for gitweb to find repositories. ++ +For example, if `$projectroot` is set to "/srv/git" by putting the following +in gitweb config file: ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $projectroot = "/srv/git"; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +then ++ +------------------------------------------------ +http://git.example.com/gitweb.cgi?p=foo/bar.git +------------------------------------------------ ++ +and its path_info based equivalent ++ +------------------------------------------------ +http://git.example.com/gitweb.cgi/foo/bar.git +------------------------------------------------ ++ +will map to the path '/srv/git/foo/bar.git' on the filesystem. + +$projects_list:: + Name of a plain text file listing projects, or a name of directory + to be scanned for projects. ++ +Project list files should list one project per line, with each line +having the following format ++ +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +<URI-encoded filesystem path to repository> SP <URI-encoded repository owner> +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +The default value of this variable is determined by the `GITWEB_LIST` +makefile variable at installation time. If this variable is empty, gitweb +will fall back to scanning the `$projectroot` directory for repositories. + +$project_maxdepth:: + If `$projects_list` variable is unset, gitweb will recursively + scan filesystem for git repositories. The `$project_maxdepth` + is used to limit traversing depth, relative to `$projectroot` + (starting point); it means that directories which are further + from `$projectroot` than `$project_maxdepth` will be skipped. ++ +It is purely performance optimization, originally intended for MacOS X, +where recursive directory traversal is slow. Gitweb follows symbolic +links, but it detects cycles, ignoring any duplicate files and directories. ++ +The default value of this variable is determined by the build-time +configuration variable `GITWEB_PROJECT_MAXDEPTH`, which defaults to +2007. + +$export_ok:: + Show repository only if this file exists (in repository). Only + effective if this variable evaluates to true. Can be set when + building gitweb by setting `GITWEB_EXPORT_OK`. This path is + relative to `GIT_DIR`. git-daemon[1] uses 'git-daemon-export-ok', + unless started with `--export-all`. By default this variable is + not set, which means that this feature is turned off. + +$export_auth_hook:: + Function used to determine which repositories should be shown. + This subroutine should take one parameter, the full path to + a project, and if it returns true, that project will be included + in the projects list and can be accessed through gitweb as long + as it fulfills the other requirements described by $export_ok, + $projects_list, and $projects_maxdepth. Example: ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $export_auth_hook = sub { return -e "$_[0]/git-daemon-export-ok"; }; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +though the above might be done by using `$export_ok` instead ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $export_ok = "git-daemon-export-ok"; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +If not set (default), it means that this feature is disabled. ++ +See also more involved example in "Controlling access to git repositories" +subsection on linkgit:gitweb[1] manpage. + +$strict_export:: + Only allow viewing of repositories also shown on the overview page. + This for example makes `$gitweb_export_ok` file decide if repository is + available and not only if it is shown. If `$gitweb_list` points to + file with list of project, only those repositories listed would be + available for gitweb. Can be set during building gitweb via + `GITWEB_STRICT_EXPORT`. By default this variable is not set, which + means that you can directly access those repositories that are hidden + from projects list page (e.g. the are not listed in the $projects_list + file). + + +Finding files +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The following configuration variables tell gitweb where to find files. +The values of these variables are paths on the filesystem. + +$GIT:: + Core git executable to use. By default set to `$GIT_BINDIR/git`, which + in turn is by default set to `$(bindir)/git`. If you use git installed + from a binary package, you should usually set this to "/usr/bin/git". + This can just be "git" if your web server has a sensible PATH; from + security point of view it is better to use absolute path to git binary. + If you have multiple git versions installed it can be used to choose + which one to use. Must be (correctly) set for gitweb to be able to + work. + +$mimetypes_file:: + File to use for (filename extension based) guessing of MIME types before + trying '/etc/mime.types'. *NOTE* that this path, if relative, is taken + as relative to the current git repository, not to CGI script. If unset, + only '/etc/mime.types' is used (if present on filesystem). If no mimetypes + file is found, mimetype guessing based on extension of file is disabled. + Unset by default. + +$highlight_bin:: + Path to the highlight executable to use (it must be the one from + http://www.andre-simon.de[] due to assumptions about parameters and output). + By default set to 'highlight'; set it to full path to highlight + executable if it is not installed on your web server's PATH. + Note that 'highlight' feature must be set for gitweb to actually + use syntax highlighting. ++ +*NOTE*: if you want to add support for new file type (supported by +"highlight" but not used by gitweb), you need to modify `%highlight_ext` +or `%highlight_basename`, depending on whether you detect type of file +based on extension (for example "sh") or on its basename (for example +"Makefile"). The keys of these hashes are extension and basename, +respectively, and value for given key is name of syntax to be passed via +`--syntax <syntax>` to highlighter. ++ +For example if repositories you are hosting use "phtml" extension for +PHP files, and you want to have correct syntax-highlighting for those +files, you can add the following to gitweb configuration: ++ +--------------------------------------------------------- +our %highlight_ext; +$highlight_ext{'phtml'} = 'php'; +--------------------------------------------------------- + + +Links and their targets +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The configuration variables described below configure some of gitweb links: +their target and their look (text or image), and where to find page +prerequisites (stylesheet, favicon, images, scripts). Usually they are left +at their default values, with the possible exception of `@stylesheets` +variable. + +@stylesheets:: + List of URIs of stylesheets (relative to the base URI of a page). You + might specify more than one stylesheet, for example to use "gitweb.css" + as base with site specific modifications in a separate stylesheet + to make it easier to upgrade gitweb. For example, you can add + a `site` stylesheet by putting ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +push @stylesheets, "gitweb-site.css"; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +in the gitweb config file. Those values that are relative paths are +relative to base URI of gitweb. ++ +This list should contain the URI of gitweb's standard stylesheet. The default +URI of gitweb stylesheet can be set at build time using the `GITWEB_CSS` +makefile variable. Its default value is 'static/gitweb.css' +(or 'static/gitweb.min.css' if the `CSSMIN` variable is defined, +i.e. if CSS minifier is used during build). ++ +*Note*: there is also a legacy `$stylesheet` configuration variable, which was +used by older gitweb. If `$stylesheet` variable is defined, only CSS stylesheet +given by this variable is used by gitweb. + +$logo:: + Points to the location where you put 'git-logo.png' on your web + server, or to be more the generic URI of logo, 72x27 size). This image + is displayed in the top right corner of each gitweb page and used as + a logo for the Atom feed. Relative to the base URI of gitweb (as a path). + Can be adjusted when building gitweb using `GITWEB_LOGO` variable + By default set to 'static/git-logo.png'. + +$favicon:: + Points to the location where you put 'git-favicon.png' on your web + server, or to be more the generic URI of favicon, which will be served + as "image/png" type. Web browsers that support favicons (website icons) + may display them in the browser's URL bar and next to the site name in + bookmarks. Relative to the base URI of gitweb. Can be adjusted at + build time using `GITWEB_FAVICON` variable. + By default set to 'static/git-favicon.png'. + +$javascript:: + Points to the location where you put 'gitweb.js' on your web server, + or to be more generic the URI of JavaScript code used by gitweb. + Relative to the base URI of gitweb. Can be set at build time using + the `GITWEB_JS` build-time configuration variable. ++ +The default value is either 'static/gitweb.js', or 'static/gitweb.min.js' if +the `JSMIN` build variable was defined, i.e. if JavaScript minifier was used +at build time. *Note* that this single file is generated from multiple +individual JavaScript "modules". + +$home_link:: + Target of the home link on the top of all pages (the first part of view + "breadcrumbs"). By default it is set to the absolute URI of a current page + (to the value of `$my_uri` variable, or to "/" if `$my_uri` is undefined + or is an empty string). + +$home_link_str:: + Label for the "home link" at the top of all pages, leading to `$home_link` + (usually the main gitweb page, which contains the projects list). It is + used as the first component of gitweb's "breadcrumb trail": + `<home link> / <project> / <action>`. Can be set at build time using + the `GITWEB_HOME_LINK_STR` variable. By default it is set to "projects", + as this link leads to the list of projects. Other popular choice it to + set it to the name of site. + +$logo_url:: +$logo_label:: + URI and label (title) for the Git logo link (or your site logo, + if you chose to use different logo image). By default, these both + refer to git homepage, http://git-scm.com[]; in the past, they pointed + to git documentation at http://www.kernel.org[]. + + +Changing gitweb's look +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +You can adjust how pages generated by gitweb look using the variables described +below. You can change the site name, add common headers and footers for all +pages, and add a description of this gitweb installation on its main page +(which is the projects list page), etc. + +$site_name:: + Name of your site or organization, to appear in page titles. Set it + to something descriptive for clearer bookmarks etc. If this variable + is not set or is, then gitweb uses the value of the `SERVER_NAME` + CGI environment variable, setting site name to "$SERVER_NAME Git", + or "Untitled Git" if this variable is not set (e.g. if running gitweb + as standalone script). ++ +Can be set using the `GITWEB_SITENAME` at build time. Unset by default. + +$site_html_head_string:: + HTML snippet to be included in the <head> section of each page. + Can be set using `GITWEB_SITE_HTML_HEAD_STRING` at build time. + No default value. + +$site_header:: + Name of a file with HTML to be included at the top of each page. + Relative to the directory containing the 'gitweb.cgi' script. + Can be set using `GITWEB_SITE_HEADER` at build time. No default + value. + +$site_footer:: + Name of a file with HTML to be included at the bottom of each page. + Relative to the directory containing the 'gitweb.cgi' script. + Can be set using `GITWEB_SITE_FOOTER` at build time. No default + value. + +$home_text:: + Name of a HTML file which, if it exists, is included on the + gitweb projects overview page ("projects_list" view). Relative to + the directory containing the gitweb.cgi script. Default value + can be adjusted during build time using `GITWEB_HOMETEXT` variable. + By default set to 'indextext.html'. + +$projects_list_description_width:: + The width (in characters) of the "Description" column of the projects list. + Longer descriptions will be truncated (trying to cut at word boundary); + the full description is available in the 'title' attribute (usually shown on + mouseover). The default is 25, which might be too small if you + use long project descriptions. + +$default_projects_order:: + Default value of ordering of projects on projects list page, which + means the ordering used if you don't explicitly sort projects list + (if there is no "o" CGI query parameter in the URL). Valid values + are "none" (unsorted), "project" (projects are by project name, + i.e. path to repository relative to `$projectroot`), "descr" + (project description), "owner", and "age" (by date of most current + commit). ++ +Default value is "project". Unknown value means unsorted. + + +Changing gitweb's behavior +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These configuration variables control _internal_ gitweb behavior. + +$default_blob_plain_mimetype:: + Default mimetype for the blob_plain (raw) view, if mimetype checking + doesn't result in some other type; by default "text/plain". + Gitweb guesses mimetype of a file to display based on extension + of its filename, using `$mimetypes_file` (if set and file exists) + and '/etc/mime.types' files (see *mime.types*(5) manpage; only + filename extension rules are supported by gitweb). + +$default_text_plain_charset:: + Default charset for text files. If this is not set, the web server + configuration will be used. Unset by default. + +$fallback_encoding:: + Gitweb assumes this charset when a line contains non-UTF-8 characters. + The fallback decoding is used without error checking, so it can be even + "utf-8". The value must be a valid encoding; see the *Encoding::Supported*(3pm) + man page for a list. The default is "latin1", aka. "iso-8859-1". + +@diff_opts:: + Rename detection options for git-diff and git-diff-tree. The default is + (\'-M'); set it to (\'-C') or (\'-C', \'-C') to also detect copies, + or set it to () i.e. empty list if you don't want to have renames + detection. ++ +*Note* that rename and especially copy detection can be quite +CPU-intensive. Note also that non git tools can have problems with +patches generated with options mentioned above, especially when they +involve file copies (\'-C') or criss-cross renames (\'-B'). + + +Some optional features and policies +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Most of features are configured via `%feature` hash; however some of extra +gitweb features can be turned on and configured using variables described +below. This list beside configuration variables that control how gitweb +looks does contain variables configuring administrative side of gitweb +(e.g. cross-site scripting prevention; admittedly this as side effect +affects how "summary" pages look like, or load limiting). + +@git_base_url_list:: + List of git base URLs. These URLs are used to generate URLs + describing from where to fetch a project, which are shown on + project summary page. The full fetch URL is "`$git_base_url/$project`", + for each element of this list. You can set up multiple base URLs + (for example one for `git://` protocol, and one for `http://` + protocol). ++ +Note that per repository configuration can be set in '$GIT_DIR/cloneurl' +file, or as values of multi-value `gitweb.url` configuration variable in +project config. Per-repository configuration takes precedence over value +composed from `@git_base_url_list` elements and project name. ++ +You can setup one single value (single entry/item in this list) at build +time by setting the `GITWEB_BASE_URL` built-time configuration variable. +By default it is set to (), i.e. an empty list. This means that gitweb +would not try to create project URL (to fetch) from project name. + +$projects_list_group_categories:: + Whether to enables the grouping of projects by category on the project + list page. The category of a project is determined by the + `$GIT_DIR/category` file or the `gitweb.category` variable in each + repository's configuration. Disabled by default (set to 0). + +$project_list_default_category:: + Default category for projects for which none is specified. If this is + set to the empty string, such projects will remain uncategorized and + listed at the top, above categorized projects. Used only if project + categories are enabled, which means if `$projects_list_group_categories` + is true. By default set to "" (empty string). + +$prevent_xss:: + If true, some gitweb features are disabled to prevent content in + repositories from launching cross-site scripting (XSS) attacks. Set this + to true if you don't trust the content of your repositories. + False by default (set to 0). + +$maxload:: + Used to set the maximum load that we will still respond to gitweb queries. + If the server load exceeds this value then gitweb will return + "503 Service Unavailable" error. The server load is taken to be 0 + if gitweb cannot determine its value. Currently it works only on Linux, + where it uses '/proc/loadavg'; the load there is the number of active + tasks on the system -- processes that are actually running -- averaged + over the last minute. ++ +Set `$maxload` to undefined value (`undef`) to turn this feature off. +The default value is 300. + +$omit_age_column:: + If true, omit the column with date of the most current commit on the + projects list page. It can save a bit of I/O and a fork per repository. + +$omit_owner:: + If true prevents displaying information about repository owner. + +$per_request_config:: + If this is set to code reference, it will be run once for each request. + You can set parts of configuration that change per session this way. + For example, one might use the following code in a gitweb configuration + file ++ +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $per_request_config = sub { + $ENV{GL_USER} = $cgi->remote_user || "gitweb"; +}; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +If `$per_request_config` is not a code reference, it is interpreted as boolean +value. If it is true gitweb will process config files once per request, +and if it is false gitweb will process config files only once, each time it +is executed. True by default (set to 1). ++ +*NOTE*: `$my_url`, `$my_uri`, and `$base_url` are overwritten with their default +values before every request, so if you want to change them, be sure to set +this variable to true or a code reference effecting the desired changes. ++ +This variable matters only when using persistent web environments that +serve multiple requests using single gitweb instance, like mod_perl, +FastCGI or Plackup. + + +Other variables +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Usually you should not need to change (adjust) any of configuration +variables described below; they should be automatically set by gitweb to +correct value. + + +$version:: + Gitweb version, set automatically when creating gitweb.cgi from + gitweb.perl. You might want to modify it if you are running modified + gitweb, for example ++ +--------------------------------------------------- +our $version .= " with caching"; +--------------------------------------------------- ++ +if you run modified version of gitweb with caching support. This variable +is purely informational, used e.g. in the "generator" meta header in HTML +header. + +$my_url:: +$my_uri:: + Full URL and absolute URL of the gitweb script; + in earlier versions of gitweb you might have need to set those + variables, but now there should be no need to do it. See + `$per_request_config` if you need to set them still. + +$base_url:: + Base URL for relative URLs in pages generated by gitweb, + (e.g. `$logo`, `$favicon`, `@stylesheets` if they are relative URLs), + needed and used '<base href="$base_url">' only for URLs with nonempty + PATH_INFO. Usually gitweb sets its value correctly, + and there is no need to set this variable, e.g. to $my_uri or "/". + See `$per_request_config` if you need to override it anyway. + + +CONFIGURING GITWEB FEATURES +--------------------------- +Many gitweb features can be enabled (or disabled) and configured using the +`%feature` hash. Names of gitweb features are keys of this hash. + +Each `%feature` hash element is a hash reference and has the following +structure: +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +"<feature_name>" => { + "sub" => <feature-sub (subroutine)>, + "override" => <allow-override (boolean)>, + "default" => [ <options>... ] +}, +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +Some features cannot be overridden per project. For those +features the structure of appropriate `%feature` hash element has a simpler +form: +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +"<feature_name>" => { + "override" => 0, + "default" => [ <options>... ] +}, +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +As one can see it lacks the \'sub' element. + +The meaning of each part of feature configuration is described +below: + +default:: + List (array reference) of feature parameters (if there are any), + used also to toggle (enable or disable) given feature. ++ +Note that it is currently *always* an array reference, even if +feature doesn't accept any configuration parameters, and \'default' +is used only to turn it on or off. In such case you turn feature on +by setting this element to `[1]`, and torn it off by setting it to +`[0]`. See also the passage about the "blame" feature in the "Examples" +section. ++ +To disable features that accept parameters (are configurable), you +need to set this element to empty list i.e. `[]`. + +override:: + If this field has a true value then the given feature is + overriddable, which means that it can be configured + (or enabled/disabled) on a per-repository basis. ++ +Usually given "<feature>" is configurable via the `gitweb.<feature>` +config variable in the per-repository git configuration file. ++ +*Note* that no feature is overriddable by default. + +sub:: + Internal detail of implementation. What is important is that + if this field is not present then per-repository override for + given feature is not supported. ++ +You wouldn't need to ever change it in gitweb config file. + + +Features in `%feature` +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +The gitweb features that are configurable via `%feature` hash are listed +below. This should be a complete list, but ultimately the authoritative +and complete list is in gitweb.cgi source code, with features described +in the comments. + +blame:: + Enable the "blame" and "blame_incremental" blob views, showing for + each line the last commit that modified it; see linkgit:git-blame[1]. + This can be very CPU-intensive and is therefore disabled by default. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.blame` configuration variable (boolean). + +snapshot:: + Enable and configure the "snapshot" action, which allows user to + download a compressed archive of any tree or commit, as produced + by linkgit:git-archive[1] and possibly additionally compressed. + This can potentially generate high traffic if you have large project. ++ +The value of \'default' is a list of names of snapshot formats, +defined in `%known_snapshot_formats` hash, that you wish to offer. +Supported formats include "tgz", "tbz2", "txz" (gzip/bzip2/xz +compressed tar archive) and "zip"; please consult gitweb sources for +a definitive list. By default only "tgz" is offered. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.blame` configuration variable, which contains +a comma separated list of formats or "none" to disable snapshots. +Unknown values are ignored. + +grep:: + Enable grep search, which lists the files in currently selected + tree (directory) containing the given string; see linkgit:git-grep[1]. + This can be potentially CPU-intensive, of course. Enabled by default. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.grep` configuration variable (boolean). + +pickaxe:: + Enable the so called pickaxe search, which will list the commits + that introduced or removed a given string in a file. This can be + practical and quite faster alternative to "blame" action, but it is + still potentially CPU-intensive. Enabled by default. ++ +The pickaxe search is described in linkgit:git-log[1] (the +description of `-S<string>` option, which refers to pickaxe entry in +linkgit:gitdiffcore[7] for more details). ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis by setting +repository's `gitweb.pickaxe` configuration variable (boolean). + +show-sizes:: + Enable showing size of blobs (ordinary files) in a "tree" view, in a + separate column, similar to what `ls -l` does; see description of + `-l` option in linkgit:git-ls-tree[1] manpage. This costs a bit of + I/O. Enabled by default. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.showsizes` configuration variable (boolean). + +patches:: + Enable and configure "patches" view, which displays list of commits in email + (plain text) output format; see also linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. + The value is the maximum number of patches in a patchset generated + in "patches" view. Set the 'default' field to a list containing single + item of or to an empty list to disable patch view, or to a list + containing a single negative number to remove any limit. + Default value is 16. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.patches` configuration variable (integer). + +avatar:: + Avatar support. When this feature is enabled, views such as + "shortlog" or "commit" will display an avatar associated with + the email of each committer and author. ++ +Currently available providers are *"gravatar"* and *"picon"*. +Only one provider at a time can be selected ('default' is one element list). +If an unknown provider is specified, the feature is disabled. +*Note* that some providers might require extra Perl packages to be +installed; see 'gitweb/INSTALL' for more details. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.avatar` configuration variable. ++ +See also `%avatar_size` with pixel sizes for icons and avatars +("default" is used for one-line like "log" and "shortlog", "double" +is used for two-line like "commit", "commitdiff" or "tag"). If the +default font sizes or lineheights are changed (e.g. via adding extra +CSS stylesheet in `@stylesheets`), it may be appropriate to change +these values. + +highlight:: + Server-side syntax highlight support in "blob" view. It requires + `$highlight_bin` program to be available (see the description of + this variable in the "Configuration variables" section above), + and therefore is disabled by default. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.highlight` configuration variable (boolean). + +remote_heads:: + Enable displaying remote heads (remote-tracking branches) in the "heads" + list. In most cases the list of remote-tracking branches is an + unnecessary internal private detail, and this feature is therefore + disabled by default. linkgit:git-instaweb[1], which is usually used + to browse local repositories, enables and uses this feature. ++ +This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via +repository's `gitweb.remote_heads` configuration variable (boolean). + + +The remaining features cannot be overridden on a per project basis. + +search:: + Enable text search, which will list the commits which match author, + committer or commit text to a given string; see the description of + `--author`, `--committer` and `--grep` options in linkgit:git-log[1] + manpage. Enabled by default. ++ +Project specific override is not supported. + +forks:: + If this feature is enabled, gitweb considers projects in + subdirectories of project root (basename) to be forks of existing + projects. For each project +$projname.git+, projects in the + +$projname/+ directory and its subdirectories will not be + shown in the main projects list. Instead, a \'\+' mark is shown + next to +$projname+, which links to a "forks" view that lists all + the forks (all projects in +$projname/+ subdirectory). Additionally + a "forks" view for a project is linked from project summary page. ++ +If the project list is taken from a file (+$projects_list+ points to a +file), forks are only recognized if they are listed after the main project +in that file. ++ +Project specific override is not supported. + +actions:: + Insert custom links to the action bar of all project pages. This + allows you to link to third-party scripts integrating into gitweb. ++ +The "default" value consists of a list of triplets in the form +`("<label>", "<link>", "<position>")` where "position" is the label +after which to insert the link, "link" is a format string where `%n` +expands to the project name, `%f` to the project path within the +filesystem (i.e. "$projectroot/$project"), `%h` to the current hash +(\'h' gitweb parameter) and `%b` to the current hash base +(\'hb' gitweb parameter); `%%` expands to \'%'. ++ +For example, at the time this page was written, the http://repo.or.cz[] +git hosting site set it to the following to enable graphical log +(using the third party tool *git-browser*): ++ +---------------------------------------------------------------------- +$feature{'actions'}{'default'} = + [ ('graphiclog', '/git-browser/by-commit.html?r=%n', 'summary')]; +---------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +This adds a link titled "graphiclog" after the "summary" link, leading to +`git-browser` script, passing `r=<project>` as a query parameter. ++ +Project specific override is not supported. + +timed:: + Enable displaying how much time and how many git commands it took to + generate and display each page in the page footer (at the bottom of + page). For example the footer might contain: "This page took 6.53325 + seconds and 13 git commands to generate." Disabled by default. ++ +Project specific override is not supported. + +javascript-timezone:: + Enable and configure the ability to change a common timezone for dates + in gitweb output via JavaScript. Dates in gitweb output include + authordate and committerdate in "commit", "commitdiff" and "log" + views, and taggerdate in "tag" view. Enabled by default. ++ +The value is a list of three values: a default timezone (for if the client +hasn't selected some other timezone and saved it in a cookie), a name of cookie +where to store selected timezone, and a CSS class used to mark up +dates for manipulation. If you want to turn this feature off, set "default" +to empty list: `[]`. ++ +Typical gitweb config files will only change starting (default) timezone, +and leave other elements at their default values: ++ +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +$feature{'javascript-timezone'}{'default'}[0] = "utc"; +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +The example configuration presented here is guaranteed to be backwards +and forward compatible. ++ +Timezone values can be "local" (for local timezone that browser uses), "utc" +(what gitweb uses when JavaScript or this feature is disabled), or numerical +timezones in the form of "+/-HHMM", such as "+0200". ++ +Project specific override is not supported. + + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +To enable blame, pickaxe search, and snapshot support (allowing "tar.gz" and +"zip" snapshots), while allowing individual projects to turn them off, put +the following in your GITWEB_CONFIG file: + + $feature{'blame'}{'default'} = [1]; + $feature{'blame'}{'override'} = 1; + + $feature{'pickaxe'}{'default'} = [1]; + $feature{'pickaxe'}{'override'} = 1; + + $feature{'snapshot'}{'default'} = ['zip', 'tgz']; + $feature{'snapshot'}{'override'} = 1; + +If you allow overriding for the snapshot feature, you can specify which +snapshot formats are globally disabled. You can also add any command line +options you want (such as setting the compression level). For instance, you +can disable Zip compressed snapshots and set *gzip*(1) to run at level 6 by +adding the following lines to your gitweb configuration file: + + $known_snapshot_formats{'zip'}{'disabled'} = 1; + $known_snapshot_formats{'tgz'}{'compressor'} = ['gzip','-6']; + +ENVIRONMENT +----------- +The location of per-instance and system-wide configuration files can be +overridden using the following environment variables: + +GITWEB_CONFIG:: + Sets location of per-instance configuration file. +GITWEB_CONFIG_SYSTEM:: + Sets location of fallback system-wide configuration file. + This file is read only if per-instance one does not exist. +GITWEB_CONFIG_COMMON:: + Sets location of common system-wide configuration file. + + +FILES +----- +gitweb_config.perl:: + This is default name of per-instance configuration file. The + format of this file is described above. +/etc/gitweb.conf:: + This is default name of fallback system-wide configuration + file. This file is used only if per-instance configuration + variable is not found. +/etc/gitweb-common.conf:: + This is default name of common system-wide configuration + file. + + +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitweb[1], linkgit:git-instaweb[1] + +'gitweb/README', 'gitweb/INSTALL' + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitweb.txt b/Documentation/gitweb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..168e8bfed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/gitweb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,704 @@ +gitweb(1) +========= + +NAME +---- +gitweb - Git web interface (web frontend to Git repositories) + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +To get started with gitweb, run linkgit:git-instaweb[1] from a git repository. +This would configure and start your web server, and run web browser pointing to +gitweb. + + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Gitweb provides a web interface to git repositories. Its features include: + +* Viewing multiple Git repositories with common root. +* Browsing every revision of the repository. +* Viewing the contents of files in the repository at any revision. +* Viewing the revision log of branches, history of files and directories, + see what was changed when, by who. +* Viewing the blame/annotation details of any file (if enabled). +* Generating RSS and Atom feeds of commits, for any branch. + The feeds are auto-discoverable in modern web browsers. +* Viewing everything that was changed in a revision, and step through + revisions one at a time, viewing the history of the repository. +* Finding commits which commit messages matches given search term. + +See http://git.kernel.org/?p=git/git.git;a=tree;f=gitweb[] or +http://repo.or.cz/w/git.git/tree/HEAD:/gitweb/[] for gitweb source code, +browsed using gitweb itself. + + +CONFIGURATION +------------- +Various aspects of gitweb's behavior can be controlled through the configuration +file 'gitweb_config.perl' or '/etc/gitweb.conf'. See the linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] +for details. + +Repositories +~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Gitweb can show information from one or more Git repositories. These +repositories have to be all on local filesystem, and have to share common +repository root, i.e. be all under a single parent repository (but see also +"Advanced web server setup" section, "Webserver configuration with multiple +projects' root" subsection). + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $projectroot = '/path/to/parent/directory'; +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The default value for `$projectroot` is '/pub/git'. You can change it during +building gitweb via `GITWEB_PROJECTROOT` build configuration variable. + +By default all git repositories under `$projectroot` are visible and available +to gitweb. The list of projects is generated by default by scanning the +`$projectroot` directory for git repositories (for object databases to be +more exact; gitweb is not interested in a working area, and is best suited +to showing "bare" repositories). + +The name of the repository in gitweb is the path to its `$GIT_DIR` (its object +database) relative to `$projectroot`. Therefore the repository $repo can be +found at "$projectroot/$repo". + + +Projects list file format +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Instead of having gitweb find repositories by scanning filesystem +starting from $projectroot, you can provide a pre-generated list of +visible projects by setting `$projects_list` to point to a plain text +file with a list of projects (with some additional info). + +This file uses the following format: + +* One record (for project / repository) per line; does not support line +continuation (newline escaping). + +* Leading and trailing whitespace are ignored. + +* Whitespace separated fields; any run of whitespace can be used as field +separator (rules for Perl's "`split(" ", $line)`"). + +* Fields use modified URI encoding, defined in RFC 3986, section 2.1 +(Percent-Encoding), or rather "Query string encoding" (see +link:http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Query_string#URL_encoding[]), the difference +being that SP (" ") can be encoded as "{plus}" (and therefore "{plus}" has to be +also percent-encoded). ++ +Reserved characters are: "%" (used for encoding), "{plus}" (can be used to +encode SPACE), all whitespace characters as defined in Perl, including SP, +TAB and LF, (used to separate fields in a record). + +* Currently recognized fields are: +<repository path>:: + path to repository GIT_DIR, relative to `$projectroot` +<repository owner>:: + displayed as repository owner, preferably full name, or email, + or both + +You can generate the projects list index file using the project_index action +(the 'TXT' link on projects list page) directly from gitweb; see also +"Generating projects list using gitweb" section below. + +Example contents: +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +foo.git Joe+R+Hacker+<joe@example.com> +foo/bar.git O+W+Ner+<owner@example.org> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +By default this file controls only which projects are *visible* on projects +list page (note that entries that do not point to correctly recognized git +repositories won't be displayed by gitweb). Even if a project is not +visible on projects list page, you can view it nevertheless by hand-crafting +a gitweb URL. By setting `$strict_export` configuration variable (see +linkgit:gitweb.conf[5]) to true value you can allow viewing only of +repositories also shown on the overview page (i.e. only projects explicitly +listed in projects list file will be accessible). + + +Generating projects list using gitweb +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +We assume that GITWEB_CONFIG has its default Makefile value, namely +'gitweb_config.perl'. Put the following in 'gitweb_make_index.perl' file: +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +read_config_file("gitweb_config.perl"); +$projects_list = $projectroot; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Then create the following script to get list of project in the format +suitable for GITWEB_LIST build configuration variable (or +`$projects_list` variable in gitweb config): + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#!/bin/sh + +export GITWEB_CONFIG="gitweb_make_index.perl" +export GATEWAY_INTERFACE="CGI/1.1" +export HTTP_ACCEPT="*/*" +export REQUEST_METHOD="GET" +export QUERY_STRING="a=project_index" + +perl -- /var/www/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Run this script and save its output to a file. This file could then be used +as projects list file, which means that you can set `$projects_list` to its +filename. + + +Controlling access to git repositories +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +By default all git repositories under `$projectroot` are visible and +available to gitweb. You can however configure how gitweb controls access +to repositories. + +* As described in "Projects list file format" section, you can control which +projects are *visible* by selectively including repositories in projects +list file, and setting `$projects_list` gitweb configuration variable to +point to it. With `$strict_export` set, projects list file can be used to +control which repositories are *available* as well. + +* You can configure gitweb to only list and allow viewing of the explicitly +exported repositories, via `$export_ok` variable in gitweb config file; see +linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] manpage. If it evaluates to true, gitweb shows +repositories only if this file named by `$export_ok` exists in its object +database (if directory has the magic file named `$export_ok`). ++ +For example linkgit:git-daemon[1] by default (unless `--export-all` option +is used) allows pulling only for those repositories that have +'git-daemon-export-ok' file. Adding ++ +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +our $export_ok = "git-daemon-export-ok"; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +makes gitweb show and allow access only to those repositories that can be +fetched from via `git://` protocol. + +* Finally, it is possible to specify an arbitrary perl subroutine that will +be called for each repository to determine if it can be exported. The +subroutine receives an absolute path to the project (repository) as its only +parameter (i.e. "$projectroot/$project"). ++ +For example, if you use mod_perl to run the script, and have dumb +HTTP protocol authentication configured for your repositories, you +can use the following hook to allow access only if the user is +authorized to read the files: ++ +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +$export_auth_hook = sub { + use Apache2::SubRequest (); + use Apache2::Const -compile => qw(HTTP_OK); + my $path = "$_[0]/HEAD"; + my $r = Apache2::RequestUtil->request; + my $sub = $r->lookup_file($path); + return $sub->filename eq $path + && $sub->status == Apache2::Const::HTTP_OK; +}; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +Per-repository gitweb configuration +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +You can configure individual repositories shown in gitweb by creating file +in the 'GIT_DIR' of git repository, or by setting some repo configuration +variable (in 'GIT_DIR/config', see linkgit:git-config[1]). + +You can use the following files in repository: + +README.html:: + A html file (HTML fragment) which is included on the gitweb project + "summary" page inside `<div>` block element. You can use it for longer + description of a project, to provide links (for example to project's + homepage), etc. This is recognized only if XSS prevention is off + (`$prevent_xss` is false, see linkgit:gitweb.conf[5]); a way to include + a README safely when XSS prevention is on may be worked out in the + future. + +description (or `gitweb.description`):: + Short (shortened to `$projects_list_description_width` in the projects + list page, which is 25 characters by default; see + linkgit:gitweb.conf[5]) single line description of a project (of a + repository). Plain text file; HTML will be escaped. By default set to ++ +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Unnamed repository; edit this file to name it for gitweb. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ +from the template during repository creation, usually installed in +'/usr/share/git-core/templates/'. You can use the `gitweb.description` repo +configuration variable, but the file takes precedence. + +category (or `gitweb.category`):: + Singe line category of a project, used to group projects if + `$projects_list_group_categories` is enabled. By default (file and + configuration variable absent), uncategorized projects are put in the + `$project_list_default_category` category. You can use the + `gitweb.category` repo configuration variable, but the file takes + precedence. ++ +The configuration variables `$projects_list_group_categories` and +`$project_list_default_category` are described in linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] + +cloneurl (or multiple-valued `gitweb.url`):: + File with repository URL (used for clone and fetch), one per line. + Displayed in the project summary page. You can use multiple-valued + `gitweb.url` repository configuration variable for that, but the file + takes precedence. ++ +This is per-repository enhancement / version of global prefix-based +`@git_base_url_list` gitweb configuration variable (see +linkgit:gitweb.conf[5]). + +gitweb.owner:: + You can use the `gitweb.owner` repository configuration variable to set + repository's owner. It is displayed in the project list and summary + page. ++ +If it's not set, filesystem directory's owner is used (via GECOS field, +i.e. real name field from *getpwuid*(3)) if `$projects_list` is unset +(gitweb scans `$projectroot` for repositories); if `$projects_list` +points to file with list of repositories, then project owner defaults to +value from this file for given repository. + +various `gitweb.*` config variables (in config):: + Read description of `%feature` hash for detailed list, and descriptions. + See also "Configuring gitweb features" section in linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] + + +ACTIONS, AND URLS +----------------- +Gitweb can use path_info (component) based URLs, or it can pass all necessary +information via query parameters. The typical gitweb URLs are broken down in to +five components: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +.../gitweb.cgi/<repo>/<action>/<revision>:/<path>?<arguments> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +repo:: + The repository the action will be performed on. ++ +All actions except for those that list all available projects, +in whatever form, require this parameter. + +action:: + The action that will be run. Defaults to 'projects_list' if repo + is not set, and to 'summary' otherwise. + +revision:: + Revision shown. Defaults to HEAD. + +path:: + The path within the <repository> that the action is performed on, + for those actions that require it. + +arguments:: + Any arguments that control the behaviour of the action. + +Some actions require or allow to specify two revisions, and sometimes even two +pathnames. In most general form such path_info (component) based gitweb URL +looks like this: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +.../gitweb.cgi/<repo>/<action>/<revision_from>:/<path_from>..<revision_to>:/<path_to>?<arguments> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +Each action is implemented as a subroutine, and must be present in %actions +hash. Some actions are disabled by default, and must be turned on via feature +mechanism. For example to enable 'blame' view add the following to gitweb +configuration file: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +$feature{'blame'}{'default'} = [1]; +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +Actions: +~~~~~~~~ +The standard actions are: + +project_list:: + Lists the available Git repositories. This is the default command if no + repository is specified in the URL. + +summary:: + Displays summary about given repository. This is the default command if + no action is specified in URL, and only repository is specified. + +heads:: +remotes:: + Lists all local or all remote-tracking branches in given repository. ++ +The latter is not available by default, unless configured. + +tags:: + List all tags (lightweight and annotated) in given repository. + +blob:: +tree:: + Shows the files and directories in a given repository path, at given + revision. This is default command if no action is specified in the URL, + and path is given. + +blob_plain:: + Returns the raw data for the file in given repository, at given path and + revision. Links to this action are marked 'raw'. + +blobdiff:: + Shows the difference between two revisions of the same file. + +blame:: +blame_incremental:: + Shows the blame (also called annotation) information for a file. On a + per line basis it shows the revision in which that line was last changed + and the user that committed the change. The incremental version (which + if configured is used automatically when JavaScript is enabled) uses + Ajax to incrementally add blame info to the contents of given file. ++ +This action is disabled by default for performance reasons. + +commit:: +commitdiff:: + Shows information about a specific commit in a repository. The 'commit' + view shows information about commit in more detail, the 'commitdiff' + action shows changeset for given commit. + +patch:: + Returns the commit in plain text mail format, suitable for applying with + linkgit:git-am[1]. + +tag:: + Display specific annotated tag (tag object). + +log:: +shortlog:: + Shows log information (commit message or just commit subject) for a + given branch (starting from given revision). ++ +The 'shortlog' view is more compact; it shows one commit per line. + +history:: + Shows history of the file or directory in a given repository path, + starting from given revision (defaults to HEAD, i.e. default branch). ++ +This view is similar to 'shortlog' view. + +rss:: +atom:: + Generates an RSS (or Atom) feed of changes to repository. + + +WEBSERVER CONFIGURATION +----------------------- +This section explains how to configure some common webservers to run gitweb. In +all cases, `/path/to/gitweb` in the examples is the directory you ran installed +gitweb in, and contains `gitweb_config.perl`. + +If you've configured a web server that isn't listed here for gitweb, please send +in the instructions so they can be included in a future release. + +Apache as CGI +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Apache must be configured to support CGI scripts in the directory in +which gitweb is installed. Let's assume that it is '/var/www/cgi-bin' +directory. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/var/www/cgi-bin/" + +<Directory "/var/www/cgi-bin"> + Options Indexes FollowSymlinks ExecCGI + AllowOverride None + Order allow,deny + Allow from all +</Directory> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +With that configuration the full path to browse repositories would be: + + http://server/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi + +Apache with mod_perl, via ModPerl::Registry +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +You can use mod_perl with gitweb. You must install Apache::Registry +(for mod_perl 1.x) or ModPerl::Registry (for mod_perl 2.x) to enable +this support. + +Assuming that gitweb is installed to '/var/www/perl', the following +Apache configuration (for mod_perl 2.x) is suitable. + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +Alias /perl "/var/www/perl" + +<Directory "/var/www/perl"> + SetHandler perl-script + PerlResponseHandler ModPerl::Registry + PerlOptions +ParseHeaders + Options Indexes FollowSymlinks +ExecCGI + AllowOverride None + Order allow,deny + Allow from all +</Directory> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +With that configuration the full path to browse repositories would be: + + http://server/perl/gitweb.cgi + +Apache with FastCGI +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Gitweb works with Apache and FastCGI. First you need to rename, copy +or symlink gitweb.cgi to gitweb.fcgi. Let's assume that gitweb is +installed in '/usr/share/gitweb' directory. The following Apache +configuration is suitable (UNTESTED!) + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +FastCgiServer /usr/share/gitweb/gitweb.cgi +ScriptAlias /gitweb /usr/share/gitweb/gitweb.cgi + +Alias /gitweb/static /usr/share/gitweb/static +<Directory /usr/share/gitweb/static> + SetHandler default-handler +</Directory> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +With that configuration the full path to browse repositories would be: + + http://server/gitweb + + +ADVANCED WEB SERVER SETUP +------------------------- +All of those examples use request rewriting, and need `mod_rewrite` +(or equivalent; examples below are written for Apache). + +Single URL for gitweb and for fetching +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +If you want to have one URL for both gitweb and your `http://` +repositories, you can configure Apache like this: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +<VirtualHost *:80> + ServerName git.example.org + DocumentRoot /pub/git + SetEnv GITWEB_CONFIG /etc/gitweb.conf + + # turning on mod rewrite + RewriteEngine on + + # make the front page an internal rewrite to the gitweb script + RewriteRule ^/$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi + + # make access for "dumb clients" work + RewriteRule ^/(.*\.git/(?!/?(HEAD|info|objects|refs)).*)?$ \ + /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi%{REQUEST_URI} [L,PT] +</VirtualHost> +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The above configuration expects your public repositories to live under +'/pub/git' and will serve them as `http://git.domain.org/dir-under-pub-git`, +both as cloneable GIT URL and as browseable gitweb interface. If you then +start your linkgit:git-daemon[1] with `--base-path=/pub/git --export-all` +then you can even use the `git://` URL with exactly the same path. + +Setting the environment variable `GITWEB_CONFIG` will tell gitweb to use the +named file (i.e. in this example '/etc/gitweb.conf') as a configuration for +gitweb. You don't really need it in above example; it is required only if +your configuration file is in different place than built-in (during +compiling gitweb) 'gitweb_config.perl' or '/etc/gitweb.conf'. See +linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] for details, especially information about precedence +rules. + +If you use the rewrite rules from the example you *might* also need +something like the following in your gitweb configuration file +('/etc/gitweb.conf' following example): +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +@stylesheets = ("/some/absolute/path/gitweb.css"); +$my_uri = "/"; +$home_link = "/"; +$per_request_config = 1; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Nowadays though gitweb should create HTML base tag when needed (to set base +URI for relative links), so it should work automatically. + + +Webserver configuration with multiple projects' root +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +If you want to use gitweb with several project roots you can edit your +Apache virtual host and gitweb configuration files in the following way. + +The virtual host configuration (in Apache configuration file) should look +like this: +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +<VirtualHost *:80> + ServerName git.example.org + DocumentRoot /pub/git + SetEnv GITWEB_CONFIG /etc/gitweb.conf + + # turning on mod rewrite + RewriteEngine on + + # make the front page an internal rewrite to the gitweb script + RewriteRule ^/$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi [QSA,L,PT] + + # look for a public_git folder in unix users' home + # http://git.example.org/~<user>/ + RewriteRule ^/\~([^\/]+)(/|/gitweb.cgi)?$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi \ + [QSA,E=GITWEB_PROJECTROOT:/home/$1/public_git/,L,PT] + + # http://git.example.org/+<user>/ + #RewriteRule ^/\+([^\/]+)(/|/gitweb.cgi)?$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi \ + [QSA,E=GITWEB_PROJECTROOT:/home/$1/public_git/,L,PT] + + # http://git.example.org/user/<user>/ + #RewriteRule ^/user/([^\/]+)/(gitweb.cgi)?$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi \ + [QSA,E=GITWEB_PROJECTROOT:/home/$1/public_git/,L,PT] + + # defined list of project roots + RewriteRule ^/scm(/|/gitweb.cgi)?$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi \ + [QSA,E=GITWEB_PROJECTROOT:/pub/scm/,L,PT] + RewriteRule ^/var(/|/gitweb.cgi)?$ /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi \ + [QSA,E=GITWEB_PROJECTROOT:/var/git/,L,PT] + + # make access for "dumb clients" work + RewriteRule ^/(.*\.git/(?!/?(HEAD|info|objects|refs)).*)?$ \ + /cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi%{REQUEST_URI} [L,PT] +</VirtualHost> +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Here actual project root is passed to gitweb via `GITWEB_PROJECT_ROOT` +environment variable from a web server, so you need to put the following +line in gitweb configuration file ('/etc/gitweb.conf' in above example): +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +$projectroot = $ENV{'GITWEB_PROJECTROOT'} || "/pub/git"; +-------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*Note* that this requires to be set for each request, so either +`$per_request_config` must be false, or the above must be put in code +referenced by `$per_request_config`; + +These configurations enable two things. First, each unix user (`<user>`) of +the server will be able to browse through gitweb git repositories found in +'~/public_git/' with the following url: + + http://git.example.org/~<user>/ + +If you do not want this feature on your server just remove the second +rewrite rule. + +If you already use `mod_userdir` in your virtual host or you don't want to +use the \'~' as first character, just comment or remove the second rewrite +rule, and uncomment one of the following according to what you want. + +Second, repositories found in '/pub/scm/' and '/var/git/' will be accessible +through `http://git.example.org/scm/` and `http://git.example.org/var/`. +You can add as many project roots as you want by adding rewrite rules like +the third and the fourth. + + +PATH_INFO usage +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +If you enable PATH_INFO usage in gitweb by putting +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +$feature{'pathinfo'}{'default'} = [1]; +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +in your gitweb configuration file, it is possible to set up your server so +that it consumes and produces URLs in the form + + http://git.example.com/project.git/shortlog/sometag + +i.e. without 'gitweb.cgi' part, by using a configuration such as the +following. This configuration assumes that '/var/www/gitweb' is the +DocumentRoot of your webserver, contains the gitweb.cgi script and +complementary static files (stylesheet, favicon, JavaScript): + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +<VirtualHost *:80> + ServerAlias git.example.com + + DocumentRoot /var/www/gitweb + + <Directory /var/www/gitweb> + Options ExecCGI + AddHandler cgi-script cgi + + DirectoryIndex gitweb.cgi + + RewriteEngine On + RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f + RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d + RewriteRule ^.* /gitweb.cgi/$0 [L,PT] + </Directory> +</VirtualHost> +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +The rewrite rule guarantees that existing static files will be properly +served, whereas any other URL will be passed to gitweb as PATH_INFO +parameter. + +*Notice* that in this case you don't need special settings for +`@stylesheets`, `$my_uri` and `$home_link`, but you lose "dumb client" +access to your project .git dirs (described in "Single URL for gitweb and +for fetching" section). A possible workaround for the latter is the +following: in your project root dir (e.g. '/pub/git') have the projects +named *without* a .git extension (e.g. '/pub/git/project' instead of +'/pub/git/project.git') and configure Apache as follows: +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +<VirtualHost *:80> + ServerAlias git.example.com + + DocumentRoot /var/www/gitweb + + AliasMatch ^(/.*?)(\.git)(/.*)?$ /pub/git$1$3 + <Directory /var/www/gitweb> + Options ExecCGI + AddHandler cgi-script cgi + + DirectoryIndex gitweb.cgi + + RewriteEngine On + RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f + RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d + RewriteRule ^.* /gitweb.cgi/$0 [L,PT] + </Directory> +</VirtualHost> +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The additional AliasMatch makes it so that + + http://git.example.com/project.git + +will give raw access to the project's git dir (so that the project can be +cloned), while + + http://git.example.com/project + +will provide human-friendly gitweb access. + +This solution is not 100% bulletproof, in the sense that if some project has +a named ref (branch, tag) starting with 'git/', then paths such as + + http://git.example.com/project/command/abranch..git/abranch + +will fail with a 404 error. + + +BUGS +---- +Please report any bugs or feature requests to git@vger.kernel.org, +putting "gitweb" in the subject of email. + +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitweb.conf[5], linkgit:git-instaweb[1] + +'gitweb/README', 'gitweb/INSTALL' + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt b/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt index 5e4f362ff8..8b8c6ae5d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitworkflows.txt @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ To achieve this, try to split your work into small steps from the very beginning. It is always easier to squash a few commits together than to split one big commit into several. Don't be afraid of making too small or imperfect steps along the way. You can always go back later -and edit the commits with `git rebase \--interactive` before you -publish them. You can use `git stash save \--keep-index` to run the +and edit the commits with `git rebase --interactive` before you +publish them. You can use `git stash save --keep-index` to run the test suite independent of other uncommitted changes; see the EXAMPLES section of linkgit:git-stash[1]. diff --git a/Documentation/glossary-content.txt b/Documentation/glossary-content.txt index 3595b586bc..f928b57f90 100644 --- a/Documentation/glossary-content.txt +++ b/Documentation/glossary-content.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ to point at the new commit. [[def_ent]]ent:: Favorite synonym to "<<def_tree-ish,tree-ish>>" by some total geeks. See - `http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ent_(Middle-earth)` for an in-depth + http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ent_(Middle-earth) for an in-depth explanation. Avoid this term, not to confuse people. [[def_evil_merge]]evil merge:: diff --git a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt index d527b30770..8823a37067 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/maintain-git.txt @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ by doing the following: - Update "What's cooking" message to review the updates to existing topics, newly added topics and graduated topics. - This step is helped with Meta/UWC script (where Meta/ contains + This step is helped with Meta/cook script (where Meta/ contains a checkout of the 'todo' branch). - Merge topics to 'next'. For each branch whose tip is not @@ -197,10 +197,9 @@ by doing the following: - Nothing is next-worthy; do not do anything. - - Rebase topics that do not have any commit in next yet. This - step is optional but sometimes is worth doing when an old - series that is not in next can take advantage of low-level - framework change that is merged to 'master' already. + - [** OBSOLETE **] Optionally rebase topics that do not have any commit + in next yet, when they can take advantage of low-level framework + change that is merged to 'master' already. $ git rebase master ai/topic @@ -209,7 +208,7 @@ by doing the following: pre-rebase hook to make sure that topics that are already in 'next' are not rebased beyond the merged commit. - - Rebuild "pu" to merge the tips of topics not in 'next'. + - [** OBSOLETE **] Rebuild "pu" to merge the tips of topics not in 'next'. $ git checkout pu $ git reset --hard next @@ -241,7 +240,7 @@ by doing the following: - Fetch html and man branches back from k.org, and push four integration branches and the two documentation branches to - repo.or.cz + repo.or.cz and other mirrors. Some observations to be made. diff --git a/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt b/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt index 2933056120..1ae8d1214e 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/using-merge-subtree.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ What you want is the 'subtree' merge strategy, which helps you in such a situation. In this example, let's say you have the repository at `/path/to/B` (but -it can be an URL as well, if you want). You want to merge the 'master' +it can be a URL as well, if you want). You want to merge the 'master' branch of that repository to the `dir-B` subdirectory in your current branch. diff --git a/Documentation/howto/using-signed-tag-in-pull-request.txt b/Documentation/howto/using-signed-tag-in-pull-request.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..98c0033a55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/howto/using-signed-tag-in-pull-request.txt @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +From: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com> +Date: Tue, 17 Jan 2011 13:00:00 -0800 +Subject: Using signed tag in pull requests +Abstract: Beginning v1.7.9, a contributor can push a signed tag to her + publishing repository and ask her integrator to pull it. This assures the + integrator that the pulled history is authentic and allows others to + later validate it. +Content-type: text/asciidoc + +Using signed tag in pull requests +================================= + +A typical distributed workflow using Git is for a contributor to fork a +project, build on it, publish the result to her public repository, and ask +the "upstream" person (often the owner of the project where she forked +from) to pull from her public repository. Requesting such a "pull" is made +easy by the `git request-pull` command. + +Earlier, a typical pull request may have started like this: + +------------ + The following changes since commit 406da78032179...: + + Froboz 3.2 (2011-09-30 14:20:57 -0700) + + are available in the git repository at: + + example.com:/git/froboz.git for-xyzzy +------------ + +followed by a shortlog of the changes and a diffstat. + +The request was for a branch name (e.g. `for-xyzzy`) in the public +repository of the contributor, and even though it stated where the +contributor forked her work from, the message did not say anything about +the commit to expect at the tip of the for-xyzzy branch. If the site that +hosts the public repository of the contributor cannot be fully trusted, it +was unnecessarily hard to make sure what was pulled by the integrator was +genuinely what the contributor had produced for the project. Also there +was no easy way for third-party auditors to later verify the resulting +history. + +Starting from Git release v1.7.9, a contributor can add a signed tag to +the commit at the tip of the history and ask the integrator to pull that +signed tag. When the integrator runs `git pull`, the signed tag is +automatically verified to assure that the history is not tampered with. +In addition, the resulting merge commit records the content of the signed +tag, so that other people can verify that the branch merged by the +integrator was signed by the contributor, without fetching the signed tag +used to validate the pull request separately and keeping it in the refs +namespace. + +This document describes the workflow between the contributor and the +integrator, using Git v1.7.9 or later. + + +A contributor or a lieutenant +----------------------------- + +After preparing her work to be pulled, the contributor uses `git tag -s` +to create a signed tag: + +------------ + $ git checkout work + $ ... "git pull" from sublieutenants, "git commit" your own work ... + $ git tag -s -m "Completed frotz feature" frotz-for-xyzzy work +------------ + +Note that this example uses the `-m` option to create a signed tag with +just a one-liner message, but this is for illustration purposes only. It +is advisable to compose a well-written explanation of what the topic does +to justify why it is worthwhile for the integrator to pull it, as this +message will eventually become part of the final history after the +integrator responds to the pull request (as we will see later). + +Then she pushes the tag out to her public repository: + +------------ + $ git push example.com:/git/froboz.git/ +frotz-for-xyzzy +------------ + +There is no need to push the `work` branch or anything else. + +Note that the above command line used a plus sign at the beginning of +`+frotz-for-xyzzy` to allow forcing the update of a tag, as the same +contributor may want to reuse a signed tag with the same name after the +previous pull request has already been responded to. + +The contributor then prepares a message to request a "pull": + +------------ + $ git request-pull v3.2 example.com:/git/froboz.git/ frotz-for-xyzzy >msg.txt +------------ + +The arguments are: + +. the version of the integrator's commit the contributor based her work on; +. the URL of the repository, to which the contributor has pushed what she + wants to get pulled; and +. the name of the tag the contributor wants to get pulled (earlier, she could + write only a branch name here). + +The resulting msg.txt file begins like so: + +------------ + The following changes since commit 406da78032179...: + + Froboz 3.2 (2011-09-30 14:20:57 -0700) + + are available in the git repository at: + + example.com:/git/froboz.git tags/frotz-for-xyzzy + + for you to fetch changes up to 703f05ad5835c...: + + Add tests and documentation for frotz (2011-12-02 10:02:52 -0800) + + ----------------------------------------------- + Completed frotz feature + ----------------------------------------------- +------------ + +followed by a shortlog of the changes and a diffstat. Comparing this with +the earlier illustration of the output from the traditional `git request-pull` +command, the reader should notice that: + +. The tip commit to expect is shown to the integrator; and +. The signed tag message is shown prominently between the dashed lines + before the shortlog. + +The latter is why the contributor would want to justify why pulling her +work is worthwhile when creating the signed tag. The contributor then +opens her favorite MUA, reads msg.txt, edits and sends it to her upstream +integrator. + + +Integrator +---------- + +After receiving such a pull request message, the integrator fetches and +integrates the tag named in the request, with: + +------------ + $ git pull example.com:/git/froboz.git/ tags/frotz-for-xyzzy +------------ + +This operation will always open an editor to allow the integrator to fine +tune the commit log message when merging a signed tag. Also, pulling a +signed tag will always create a merge commit even when the integrator does +not have any new commit since the contributor's work forked (i.e. 'fast +forward'), so that the integrator can properly explain what the merge is +about and why it was made. + +In the editor, the integrator will see something like this: + +------------ + Merge tag 'frotz-for-xyzzy' of example.com:/git/froboz.git/ + + Completed frotz feature + # gpg: Signature made Fri 02 Dec 2011 10:03:01 AM PST using RSA key ID 96AFE6CB + # gpg: Good signature from "Con Tributor <nitfol@example.com>" +------------ + +Notice that the message recorded in the signed tag "Completed frotz +feature" appears here, and again that is why it is important for the +contributor to explain her work well when creating the signed tag. + +As usual, the lines commented with `#` are stripped out. The resulting +commit records the signed tag used for this validation in a hidden field +so that it can later be used by others to audit the history. There is no +need for the integrator to keep a separate copy of the tag in his +repository (i.e. `git tag -l` won't list the `frotz-for-xyzzy` tag in the +above example), and there is no need to publish the tag to his public +repository, either. + +After the integrator responds to the pull request and her work becomes +part of the permanent history, the contributor can remove the tag from +her public repository, if she chooses, in order to keep the tag namespace +of her public repository clean, with: + +------------ + $ git push example.com:/git/froboz.git :frotz-for-xyzzy +------------ + + +Auditors +-------- + +The `--show-signature` option can be given to `git log` or `git show` and +shows the verification status of the embedded signed tag in merge commits +created when the integrator responded to a pull request of a signed tag. + +A typical output from `git show --show-signature` may look like this: + +------------ + $ git show --show-signature + commit 02306ef6a3498a39118aef9df7975bdb50091585 + merged tag 'frotz-for-xyzzy' + gpg: Signature made Fri 06 Jan 2012 12:41:49 PM PST using RSA key ID 96AFE6CB + gpg: Good signature from "Con Tributor <nitfol@example.com>" + Merge: 406da78 703f05a + Author: Inte Grator <xyzzy@example.com> + Date: Tue Jan 17 13:49:41 2012 -0800 + + Merge tag 'frotz-for-xyzzy' of example.com:/git/froboz.git/ + + Completed frotz feature + + * tag 'frotz-for-xyzzy' (100 commits) + Add tests and documentation for frotz + ... +------------ + +There is no need for the auditor to explicitly fetch the contributor's +signature, or to even be aware of what tag(s) the contributor and integrator +used to communicate the signature. All the required information is recorded +as part of the merge commit. diff --git a/Documentation/install-doc-quick.sh b/Documentation/install-doc-quick.sh index 35f440876e..327f69bcf5 100755 --- a/Documentation/install-doc-quick.sh +++ b/Documentation/install-doc-quick.sh @@ -1,31 +1,39 @@ #!/bin/sh -# This requires a branch named in $head -# (usually 'man' or 'html', provided by the git.git repository) -set -e -head="$1" -mandir="$2" -SUBDIRECTORY_OK=t -USAGE='<refname> <target directory>' -. "$(git --exec-path)"/git-sh-setup -cd_to_toplevel +# This requires git-manpages and/or git-htmldocs repositories -test -z "$mandir" && usage -if ! git rev-parse --verify "$head^0" >/dev/null; then - echo >&2 "head: $head does not exist in the current repository" - usage +repository=${1?repository} +destdir=${2?destination} + +head=master GIT_DIR= +for d in "$repository/.git" "$repository" +do + if GIT_DIR="$d" git rev-parse refs/heads/master >/dev/null 2>&1 + then + GIT_DIR="$d" + export GIT_DIR + break + fi +done + +if test -z "$GIT_DIR" +then + echo >&2 "Neither $repository nor $repository/.git is a repository" + exit 1 fi -GIT_INDEX_FILE=`pwd`/.quick-doc.index -export GIT_INDEX_FILE +GIT_WORK_TREE=$(pwd) +GIT_INDEX_FILE=$(pwd)/.quick-doc.$$ +export GIT_INDEX_FILE GIT_WORK_TREE rm -f "$GIT_INDEX_FILE" trap 'rm -f "$GIT_INDEX_FILE"' 0 git read-tree $head -git checkout-index -a -f --prefix="$mandir"/ +git checkout-index -a -f --prefix="$destdir"/ -if test -n "$GZ"; then +if test -n "$GZ" +then git ls-tree -r --name-only $head | - xargs printf "$mandir/%s\n" | + xargs printf "$destdir/%s\n" | xargs gzip -f fi rm -f "$GIT_INDEX_FILE" diff --git a/Documentation/merge-options.txt b/Documentation/merge-options.txt index b613d4ed08..0bcbe0ac3c 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/merge-options.txt @@ -7,14 +7,35 @@ With --no-commit perform the merge but pretend the merge failed and do not autocommit, to give the user a chance to inspect and further tweak the merge result before committing. +--edit:: +--no-edit:: + Invoke an editor before committing successful mechanical merge to + further edit the auto-generated merge message, so that the user + can explain and justify the merge. The `--no-edit` option can be + used to accept the auto-generated message (this is generally + discouraged). The `--edit` option is still useful if you are + giving a draft message with the `-m` option from the command line + and want to edit it in the editor. ++ +Older scripts may depend on the historical behaviour of not allowing the +user to edit the merge log message. They will see an editor opened when +they run `git merge`. To make it easier to adjust such scripts to the +updated behaviour, the environment variable `GIT_MERGE_AUTOEDIT` can be +set to `no` at the beginning of them. + --ff:: + When the merge resolves as a fast-forward, only update the branch + pointer, without creating a merge commit. This is the default + behavior. + --no-ff:: - Do not generate a merge commit if the merge resolved as - a fast-forward, only update the branch pointer. This is - the default behavior of git-merge. -+ -With --no-ff Generate a merge commit even if the merge -resolved as a fast-forward. + Create a merge commit even when the merge resolves as a + fast-forward. + +--ff-only:: + Refuse to merge and exit with a non-zero status unless the + current `HEAD` is already up-to-date or the merge can be + resolved as a fast-forward. --log[=<n>]:: --no-log:: @@ -49,11 +70,6 @@ merge. With --no-squash perform the merge and commit the result. This option can be used to override --squash. ---ff-only:: - Refuse to merge and exit with a non-zero status unless the - current `HEAD` is already up-to-date or the merge can be - resolved as a fast-forward. - -s <strategy>:: --strategy=<strategy>:: Use the given merge strategy; can be supplied more than diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt index 561cc9f7d7..e3d8a83b23 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt @@ -130,8 +130,12 @@ The placeholders are: - '%b': body - '%B': raw body (unwrapped subject and body) - '%N': commit notes -- '%gD': reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@\{1\}` -- '%gd': shortened reflog selector, e.g., `stash@\{1\}` +- '%gD': reflog selector, e.g., `refs/stash@{1}` +- '%gd': shortened reflog selector, e.g., `stash@{1}` +- '%gn': reflog identity name +- '%gN': reflog identity name (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) +- '%ge': reflog identity email +- '%gE': reflog identity email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) - '%gs': reflog subject - '%Cred': switch color to red - '%Cgreen': switch color to green @@ -151,7 +155,7 @@ insert an empty string unless we are traversing reflog entries (e.g., by `git log -g`). The `%d` placeholder will use the "short" decoration format if `--decorate` was not already provided on the command line. -If you add a `{plus}` (plus sign) after '%' of a placeholder, a line-feed +If you add a `+` (plus sign) after '%' of a placeholder, a line-feed is inserted immediately before the expansion if and only if the placeholder expands to a non-empty string. diff --git a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt index 5dd6e5a0c7..94a9d32f1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt +++ b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ endif::git-pull[] <refspec>:: The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus - `{plus}`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed + `+`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed by a colon `:`, followed by the destination ref <dst>. + The remote ref that matches <src> diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt index 39e6207269..d9b2b5b2e0 100644 --- a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt @@ -117,27 +117,27 @@ parents) and `--max-parents=-1` (negative numbers denote no upper limit). Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/heads` are listed on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit branches to ones matching given shell glob. If pattern lacks '?', - '*', or '[', '/*' at the end is implied. + '{asterisk}', or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied. --tags[=<pattern>]:: Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/tags` are listed on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit - tags to ones matching given shell glob. If pattern lacks '?', '*', - or '[', '/*' at the end is implied. + tags to ones matching given shell glob. If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}', + or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied. --remotes[=<pattern>]:: Pretend as if all the refs in `refs/remotes` are listed on the command line as '<commit>'. If '<pattern>' is given, limit remote-tracking branches to ones matching given shell glob. - If pattern lacks '?', '*', or '[', '/*' at the end is implied. + If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}', or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied. --glob=<glob-pattern>:: Pretend as if all the refs matching shell glob '<glob-pattern>' are listed on the command line as '<commit>'. Leading 'refs/', - is automatically prepended if missing. If pattern lacks '?', '*', - or '[', '/*' at the end is implied. + is automatically prepended if missing. If pattern lacks '?', '{asterisk}', + or '[', '/{asterisk}' at the end is implied. --ignore-missing:: @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ excluded from the output. + For example, `--cherry-pick --right-only A...B` omits those commits from `B` which are in `A` or are patch-equivalent to a commit in -`A`. In other words, this lists the `{plus}` commits from `git cherry A B`. +`A`. In other words, this lists the `+` commits from `git cherry A B`. More precisely, `--cherry-pick --right-only --no-merges` gives the exact list. @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ The effect of this is best shown by way of comparing to `---------' ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + -Note the major differences in `N` and `P` over '\--full-history': +Note the major differences in `N` and `P` over '--full-history': + -- * `N`'s parent list had `I` removed, because it is an ancestor of the @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ of course). When we want to find out what commits in `M` are contaminated with the bug introduced by `D` and need fixing, however, we might want to view only the subset of 'D..M' that are actually descendants of `D`, i.e. -excluding `C` and `K`. This is exactly what the '\--ancestry-path' +excluding `C` and `K`. This is exactly what the '--ancestry-path' option does. Applied to the 'D..M' range, it results in: + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -622,6 +622,7 @@ These options are mostly targeted for packing of git repositories. --no-walk:: Only show the given revs, but do not traverse their ancestors. + This has no effect if a range is specified. --do-walk:: @@ -759,7 +760,7 @@ options may be given. See linkgit:git-diff-files[1] for more options. --cc:: - This flag implies the '-c' options and further compresses the + This flag implies the '-c' option and further compresses the patch output by omitting uninteresting hunks whose contents in the parents have only two variants and the merge result picks one of them without modification. diff --git a/Documentation/revisions.txt b/Documentation/revisions.txt index b290b617d4..dc0070bcb7 100644 --- a/Documentation/revisions.txt +++ b/Documentation/revisions.txt @@ -24,22 +24,22 @@ blobs contained in a commit. object referenced by 'refs/heads/master'. If you happen to have both 'heads/master' and 'tags/master', you can explicitly say 'heads/master' to tell git which one you mean. - When ambiguous, a '<name>' is disambiguated by taking the + When ambiguous, a '<refname>' is disambiguated by taking the first match in the following rules: - . If '$GIT_DIR/<name>' exists, that is what you mean (this is usually + . If '$GIT_DIR/<refname>' exists, that is what you mean (this is usually useful only for 'HEAD', 'FETCH_HEAD', 'ORIG_HEAD', 'MERGE_HEAD' and 'CHERRY_PICK_HEAD'); - . otherwise, 'refs/<name>' if it exists; + . otherwise, 'refs/<refname>' if it exists; . otherwise, 'refs/tags/<refname>' if it exists; - . otherwise, 'refs/heads/<name>' if it exists; + . otherwise, 'refs/heads/<refname>' if it exists; - . otherwise, 'refs/remotes/<name>' if it exists; + . otherwise, 'refs/remotes/<refname>' if it exists; - . otherwise, 'refs/remotes/<name>/HEAD' if it exists. + . otherwise, 'refs/remotes/<refname>/HEAD' if it exists. + 'HEAD' names the commit on which you based the changes in the working tree. 'FETCH_HEAD' records the branch which you fetched from a remote repository @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ the '$GIT_DIR/refs' directory or from the '$GIT_DIR/packed-refs' file. '<rev>{tilde}<n>', e.g. 'master{tilde}3':: A suffix '{tilde}<n>' to a revision parameter means the commit - object that is the <n>th generation grand-parent of the named + object that is the <n>th generation ancestor of the named commit object, following only the first parents. I.e. '<rev>{tilde}3' is equivalent to '<rev>{caret}{caret}{caret}' which is equivalent to '<rev>{caret}1{caret}1{caret}1'. See below for an illustration of @@ -218,13 +218,44 @@ and its parent commits exist. The 'r1{caret}@' notation means all parents of 'r1'. 'r1{caret}!' includes commit 'r1' but excludes all of its parents. +To summarize: + +'<rev>':: + Include commits that are reachable from (i.e. ancestors of) + <rev>. + +'{caret}<rev>':: + Exclude commits that are reachable from (i.e. ancestors of) + <rev>. + +'<rev1>..<rev2>':: + Include commits that are reachable from <rev2> but exclude + those that are reachable from <rev1>. + +'<rev1>\...<rev2>':: + Include commits that are reachable from either <rev1> or + <rev2> but exclude those that are reachable from both. + +'<rev>{caret}@', e.g. 'HEAD{caret}@':: + A suffix '{caret}' followed by an at sign is the same as listing + all parents of '<rev>' (meaning, include anything reachable from + its parents, but not the commit itself). + +'<rev>{caret}!', e.g. 'HEAD{caret}!':: + A suffix '{caret}' followed by an exclamation mark is the same + as giving commit '<rev>' and then all its parents prefixed with + '{caret}' to exclude them (and their ancestors). + Here are a handful of examples: D G H D D F G H I J D F ^G D H D ^D B E I J F B + B..C C B...C G H D E B C ^D B C E I J F B C + C I J F C C^@ I J F + C^! C F^! D G H D F diff --git a/Documentation/sequencer.txt b/Documentation/sequencer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5747f442f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sequencer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +--continue:: + Continue the operation in progress using the information in + '.git/sequencer'. Can be used to continue after resolving + conflicts in a failed cherry-pick or revert. + +--quit:: + Forget about the current operation in progress. Can be used + to clear the sequencer state after a failed cherry-pick or + revert. + +--abort:: + Cancel the operation and return to the pre-sequence state. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b7d8f140c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +argv-array API +============== + +The argv-array API allows one to dynamically build and store +NULL-terminated lists. An argv-array maintains the invariant that the +`argv` member always points to a non-NULL array, and that the array is +always NULL-terminated at the element pointed to by `argv[argc]`. This +makes the result suitable for passing to functions expecting to receive +argv from main(), or the link:api-run-command.html[run-command API]. + +The link:api-string-list.html[string-list API] is similar, but cannot be +used for these purposes; instead of storing a straight string pointer, +it contains an item structure with a `util` field that is not compatible +with the traditional argv interface. + +Each `argv_array` manages its own memory. Any strings pushed into the +array are duplicated, and all memory is freed by argv_array_clear(). + +Data Structures +--------------- + +`struct argv_array`:: + + A single array. This should be initialized by assignment from + `ARGV_ARRAY_INIT`, or by calling `argv_array_init`. The `argv` + member contains the actual array; the `argc` member contains the + number of elements in the array, not including the terminating + NULL. + +Functions +--------- + +`argv_array_init`:: + Initialize an array. This is no different than assigning from + `ARGV_ARRAY_INIT`. + +`argv_array_push`:: + Push a copy of a string onto the end of the array. + +`argv_array_pushl`:: + Push a list of strings onto the end of the array. The arguments + should be a list of `const char *` strings, terminated by a NULL + argument. + +`argv_array_pushf`:: + Format a string and push it onto the end of the array. This is a + convenience wrapper combining `strbuf_addf` and `argv_array_push`. + +`argv_array_clear`:: + Free all memory associated with the array and return it to the + initial, empty state. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..edf8dfb99b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +config API +========== + +The config API gives callers a way to access git configuration files +(and files which have the same syntax). See linkgit:git-config[1] for a +discussion of the config file syntax. + +General Usage +------------- + +Config files are parsed linearly, and each variable found is passed to a +caller-provided callback function. The callback function is responsible +for any actions to be taken on the config option, and is free to ignore +some options. It is not uncommon for the configuration to be parsed +several times during the run of a git program, with different callbacks +picking out different variables useful to themselves. + +A config callback function takes three parameters: + +- the name of the parsed variable. This is in canonical "flat" form: the + section, subsection, and variable segments will be separated by dots, + and the section and variable segments will be all lowercase. E.g., + `core.ignorecase`, `diff.SomeType.textconv`. + +- the value of the found variable, as a string. If the variable had no + value specified, the value will be NULL (typically this means it + should be interpreted as boolean true). + +- a void pointer passed in by the caller of the config API; this can + contain callback-specific data + +A config callback should return 0 for success, or -1 if the variable +could not be parsed properly. + +Basic Config Querying +--------------------- + +Most programs will simply want to look up variables in all config files +that git knows about, using the normal precedence rules. To do this, +call `git_config` with a callback function and void data pointer. + +`git_config` will read all config sources in order of increasing +priority. Thus a callback should typically overwrite previously-seen +entries with new ones (e.g., if both the user-wide `~/.gitconfig` and +repo-specific `.git/config` contain `color.ui`, the config machinery +will first feed the user-wide one to the callback, and then the +repo-specific one; by overwriting, the higher-priority repo-specific +value is left at the end). + +The `git_config_with_options` function lets the caller examine config +while adjusting some of the default behavior of `git_config`. It should +almost never be used by "regular" git code that is looking up +configuration variables. It is intended for advanced callers like +`git-config`, which are intentionally tweaking the normal config-lookup +process. It takes two extra parameters: + +`filename`:: +If this parameter is non-NULL, it specifies the name of a file to +parse for configuration, rather than looking in the usual files. Regular +`git_config` defaults to `NULL`. + +`respect_includes`:: +Specify whether include directives should be followed in parsed files. +Regular `git_config` defaults to `1`. + +There is a special version of `git_config` called `git_config_early`. +This version takes an additional parameter to specify the repository +config, instead of having it looked up via `git_path`. This is useful +early in a git program before the repository has been found. Unless +you're working with early setup code, you probably don't want to use +this. + +Reading Specific Files +---------------------- + +To read a specific file in git-config format, use +`git_config_from_file`. This takes the same callback and data parameters +as `git_config`. + +Value Parsing Helpers +--------------------- + +To aid in parsing string values, the config API provides callbacks with +a number of helper functions, including: + +`git_config_int`:: +Parse the string to an integer, including unit factors. Dies on error; +otherwise, returns the parsed result. + +`git_config_ulong`:: +Identical to `git_config_int`, but for unsigned longs. + +`git_config_bool`:: +Parse a string into a boolean value, respecting keywords like "true" and +"false". Integer values are converted into true/false values (when they +are non-zero or zero, respectively). Other values cause a die(). If +parsing is successful, the return value is the result. + +`git_config_bool_or_int`:: +Same as `git_config_bool`, except that integers are returned as-is, and +an `is_bool` flag is unset. + +`git_config_maybe_bool`:: +Same as `git_config_bool`, except that it returns -1 on error rather +than dying. + +`git_config_string`:: +Allocates and copies the value string into the `dest` parameter; if no +string is given, prints an error message and returns -1. + +`git_config_pathname`:: +Similar to `git_config_string`, but expands `~` or `~user` into the +user's home directory when found at the beginning of the path. + +Include Directives +------------------ + +By default, the config parser does not respect include directives. +However, a caller can use the special `git_config_include` wrapper +callback to support them. To do so, you simply wrap your "real" callback +function and data pointer in a `struct config_include_data`, and pass +the wrapper to the regular config-reading functions. For example: + +------------------------------------------- +int read_file_with_include(const char *file, config_fn_t fn, void *data) +{ + struct config_include_data inc = CONFIG_INCLUDE_INIT; + inc.fn = fn; + inc.data = data; + return git_config_from_file(git_config_include, file, &inc); +} +------------------------------------------- + +`git_config` respects includes automatically. The lower-level +`git_config_from_file` does not. + +Writing Config Files +-------------------- + +TODO diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..adb6f0c896 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +credentials API +=============== + +The credentials API provides an abstracted way of gathering username and +password credentials from the user (even though credentials in the wider +world can take many forms, in this document the word "credential" always +refers to a username and password pair). + +This document describes two interfaces: the C API that the credential +subsystem provides to the rest of git, and the protocol that git uses to +communicate with system-specific "credential helpers". If you are +writing git code that wants to look up or prompt for credentials, see +the section "C API" below. If you want to write your own helper, see +the section on "Credential Helpers" below. + +Typical setup +------------- + +------------ ++-----------------------+ +| git code (C) |--- to server requiring ---> +| | authentication +|.......................| +| C credential API |--- prompt ---> User ++-----------------------+ + ^ | + | pipe | + | v ++-----------------------+ +| git credential helper | ++-----------------------+ +------------ + +The git code (typically a remote-helper) will call the C API to obtain +credential data like a login/password pair (credential_fill). The +API will itself call a remote helper (e.g. "git credential-cache" or +"git credential-store") that may retrieve credential data from a +store. If the credential helper cannot find the information, the C API +will prompt the user. Then, the caller of the API takes care of +contacting the server, and does the actual authentication. + +C API +----- + +The credential C API is meant to be called by git code which needs to +acquire or store a credential. It is centered around an object +representing a single credential and provides three basic operations: +fill (acquire credentials by calling helpers and/or prompting the user), +approve (mark a credential as successfully used so that it can be stored +for later use), and reject (mark a credential as unsuccessful so that it +can be erased from any persistent storage). + +Data Structures +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +`struct credential`:: + + This struct represents a single username/password combination + along with any associated context. All string fields should be + heap-allocated (or NULL if they are not known or not applicable). + The meaning of the individual context fields is the same as + their counterparts in the helper protocol; see the section below + for a description of each field. ++ +The `helpers` member of the struct is a `string_list` of helpers. Each +string specifies an external helper which will be run, in order, to +either acquire or store credentials. See the section on credential +helpers below. This list is filled-in by the API functions +according to the corresponding configuration variables before +consulting helpers, so there usually is no need for a caller to +modify the helpers field at all. ++ +This struct should always be initialized with `CREDENTIAL_INIT` or +`credential_init`. + + +Functions +~~~~~~~~~ + +`credential_init`:: + + Initialize a credential structure, setting all fields to empty. + +`credential_clear`:: + + Free any resources associated with the credential structure, + returning it to a pristine initialized state. + +`credential_fill`:: + + Instruct the credential subsystem to fill the username and + password fields of the passed credential struct by first + consulting helpers, then asking the user. After this function + returns, the username and password fields of the credential are + guaranteed to be non-NULL. If an error occurs, the function will + die(). + +`credential_reject`:: + + Inform the credential subsystem that the provided credentials + have been rejected. This will cause the credential subsystem to + notify any helpers of the rejection (which allows them, for + example, to purge the invalid credentials from storage). It + will also free() the username and password fields of the + credential and set them to NULL (readying the credential for + another call to `credential_fill`). Any errors from helpers are + ignored. + +`credential_approve`:: + + Inform the credential subsystem that the provided credentials + were successfully used for authentication. This will cause the + credential subsystem to notify any helpers of the approval, so + that they may store the result to be used again. Any errors + from helpers are ignored. + +`credential_from_url`:: + + Parse a URL into broken-down credential fields. + +Example +~~~~~~~ + +The example below shows how the functions of the credential API could be +used to login to a fictitious "foo" service on a remote host: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------- +int foo_login(struct foo_connection *f) +{ + int status; + /* + * Create a credential with some context; we don't yet know the + * username or password. + */ + + struct credential c = CREDENTIAL_INIT; + c.protocol = xstrdup("foo"); + c.host = xstrdup(f->hostname); + + /* + * Fill in the username and password fields by contacting + * helpers and/or asking the user. The function will die if it + * fails. + */ + credential_fill(&c); + + /* + * Otherwise, we have a username and password. Try to use it. + */ + status = send_foo_login(f, c.username, c.password); + switch (status) { + case FOO_OK: + /* It worked. Store the credential for later use. */ + credential_accept(&c); + break; + case FOO_BAD_LOGIN: + /* Erase the credential from storage so we don't try it + * again. */ + credential_reject(&c); + break; + default: + /* + * Some other error occured. We don't know if the + * credential is good or bad, so report nothing to the + * credential subsystem. + */ + } + + /* Free any associated resources. */ + credential_clear(&c); + + return status; +} +----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +Credential Helpers +------------------ + +Credential helpers are programs executed by git to fetch or save +credentials from and to long-term storage (where "long-term" is simply +longer than a single git process; e.g., credentials may be stored +in-memory for a few minutes, or indefinitely on disk). + +Each helper is specified by a single string in the configuration +variable `credential.helper` (and others, see linkgit:git-config[1]). +The string is transformed by git into a command to be executed using +these rules: + + 1. If the helper string begins with "!", it is considered a shell + snippet, and everything after the "!" becomes the command. + + 2. Otherwise, if the helper string begins with an absolute path, the + verbatim helper string becomes the command. + + 3. Otherwise, the string "git credential-" is prepended to the helper + string, and the result becomes the command. + +The resulting command then has an "operation" argument appended to it +(see below for details), and the result is executed by the shell. + +Here are some example specifications: + +---------------------------------------------------- +# run "git credential-foo" +foo + +# same as above, but pass an argument to the helper +foo --bar=baz + +# the arguments are parsed by the shell, so use shell +# quoting if necessary +foo --bar="whitespace arg" + +# you can also use an absolute path, which will not use the git wrapper +/path/to/my/helper --with-arguments + +# or you can specify your own shell snippet +!f() { echo "password=`cat $HOME/.secret`"; }; f +---------------------------------------------------- + +Generally speaking, rule (3) above is the simplest for users to specify. +Authors of credential helpers should make an effort to assist their +users by naming their program "git-credential-$NAME", and putting it in +the $PATH or $GIT_EXEC_PATH during installation, which will allow a user +to enable it with `git config credential.helper $NAME`. + +When a helper is executed, it will have one "operation" argument +appended to its command line, which is one of: + +`get`:: + + Return a matching credential, if any exists. + +`store`:: + + Store the credential, if applicable to the helper. + +`erase`:: + + Remove a matching credential, if any, from the helper's storage. + +The details of the credential will be provided on the helper's stdin +stream. The credential is split into a set of named attributes. +Attributes are provided to the helper, one per line. Each attribute is +specified by a key-value pair, separated by an `=` (equals) sign, +followed by a newline. The key may contain any bytes except `=`, +newline, or NUL. The value may contain any bytes except newline or NUL. +In both cases, all bytes are treated as-is (i.e., there is no quoting, +and one cannot transmit a value with newline or NUL in it). The list of +attributes is terminated by a blank line or end-of-file. + +Git will send the following attributes (but may not send all of +them for a given credential; for example, a `host` attribute makes no +sense when dealing with a non-network protocol): + +`protocol`:: + + The protocol over which the credential will be used (e.g., + `https`). + +`host`:: + + The remote hostname for a network credential. + +`path`:: + + The path with which the credential will be used. E.g., for + accessing a remote https repository, this will be the + repository's path on the server. + +`username`:: + + The credential's username, if we already have one (e.g., from a + URL, from the user, or from a previously run helper). + +`password`:: + + The credential's password, if we are asking it to be stored. + +For a `get` operation, the helper should produce a list of attributes +on stdout in the same format. A helper is free to produce a subset, or +even no values at all if it has nothing useful to provide. Any provided +attributes will overwrite those already known about by git. + +For a `store` or `erase` operation, the helper's output is ignored. +If it fails to perform the requested operation, it may complain to +stderr to inform the user. If it does not support the requested +operation (e.g., a read-only store), it should silently ignore the +request. + +If a helper receives any other operation, it should silently ignore the +request. This leaves room for future operations to be added (older +helpers will just ignore the new requests). + +See also +-------- + +linkgit:gitcredentials[7] + +linkgit:git-config[5] (See configuration variables `credential.*`) diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt index 9d97eaa9de..ce363b6305 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-gitattributes.txt @@ -11,27 +11,15 @@ Data Structure `struct git_attr`:: An attribute is an opaque object that is identified by its name. - Pass the name and its length to `git_attr()` function to obtain - the object of this type. The internal representation of this - structure is of no interest to the calling programs. + Pass the name to `git_attr()` function to obtain the object of + this type. The internal representation of this structure is + of no interest to the calling programs. The name of the + attribute can be retrieved by calling `git_attr_name()`. `struct git_attr_check`:: This structure represents a set of attributes to check in a call - to `git_checkattr()` function, and receives the results. - - -Calling Sequence ----------------- - -* Prepare an array of `struct git_attr_check` to define the list of - attributes you would want to check. To populate this array, you would - need to define necessary attributes by calling `git_attr()` function. - -* Call git_checkattr() to check the attributes for the path. - -* Inspect `git_attr_check` structure to see how each of the attribute in - the array is defined for the path. + to `git_check_attr()` function, and receives the results. Attribute Values @@ -57,6 +45,19 @@ If none of the above returns true, `.value` member points at a string value of the attribute for the path. +Querying Specific Attributes +---------------------------- + +* Prepare an array of `struct git_attr_check` to define the list of + attributes you would want to check. To populate this array, you would + need to define necessary attributes by calling `git_attr()` function. + +* Call `git_check_attr()` to check the attributes for the path. + +* Inspect `git_attr_check` structure to see how each of the attribute in + the array is defined for the path. + + Example ------- @@ -72,18 +73,18 @@ static void setup_check(void) { if (check[0].attr) return; /* already done */ - check[0].attr = git_attr("crlf", 4); - check[1].attr = git_attr("ident", 5); + check[0].attr = git_attr("crlf"); + check[1].attr = git_attr("ident"); } ------------ -. Call `git_checkattr()` with the prepared array of `struct git_attr_check`: +. Call `git_check_attr()` with the prepared array of `struct git_attr_check`: ------------ const char *path; setup_check(); - git_checkattr(path, ARRAY_SIZE(check), check); + git_check_attr(path, ARRAY_SIZE(check), check); ------------ . Act on `.value` member of the result, left in `check[]`: @@ -108,4 +109,20 @@ static void setup_check(void) } ------------ -(JC) + +Querying All Attributes +----------------------- + +To get the values of all attributes associated with a file: + +* Call `git_all_attrs()`, which returns an array of `git_attr_check` + structures. + +* Iterate over the `git_attr_check` array to examine the attribute + names and values. The name of the attribute described by a + `git_attr_check` object can be retrieved via + `git_attr_name(check[i].attr)`. (Please note that no items will be + returned for unset attributes, so `ATTR_UNSET()` will return false + for all returned `git_array_check` objects.) + +* Free the `git_array_check` array. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt index f6a4a361bd..3062389404 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-parse-options.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ that allow to change the behavior of a command. * There are basically two forms of options: 'Short options' consist of one dash (`-`) and one alphanumeric character. - 'Long options' begin with two dashes (`\--`) and some + 'Long options' begin with two dashes (`--`) and some alphanumeric characters. * Options are case-sensitive. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The parse-options API allows: * 'sticked' and 'separate form' of options with arguments. `-oArg` is sticked, `-o Arg` is separate form. - `\--option=Arg` is sticked, `\--option Arg` is separate form. + `--option=Arg` is sticked, `--option Arg` is separate form. * Long options may be 'abbreviated', as long as the abbreviation is unambiguous. @@ -39,11 +39,12 @@ The parse-options API allows: * Short options may be bundled, e.g. `-a -b` can be specified as `-ab`. * Boolean long options can be 'negated' (or 'unset') by prepending - `no-`, e.g. `\--no-abbrev` instead of `\--abbrev`. + `no-`, e.g. `--no-abbrev` instead of `--abbrev`. Conversely, + options that begin with `no-` can be 'negated' by removing it. -* Options and non-option arguments can clearly be separated using the `\--` - option, e.g. `-a -b \--option \-- \--this-is-a-file` indicates that - `\--this-is-a-file` must not be processed as an option. +* Options and non-option arguments can clearly be separated using the `--` + option, e.g. `-a -b --option -- --this-is-a-file` indicates that + `--this-is-a-file` must not be processed as an option. Steps to parse options ---------------------- @@ -75,7 +76,7 @@ before the full parser, which in turn shows the full help message. Flags are the bitwise-or of: `PARSE_OPT_KEEP_DASHDASH`:: - Keep the `\--` that usually separates options from + Keep the `--` that usually separates options from non-option arguments. `PARSE_OPT_STOP_AT_NON_OPTION`:: @@ -113,31 +114,36 @@ say `static struct option builtin_add_options[]`. There are some macros to easily define options: `OPT__ABBREV(&int_var)`:: - Add `\--abbrev[=<n>]`. + Add `--abbrev[=<n>]`. `OPT__COLOR(&int_var, description)`:: - Add `\--color[=<when>]` and `--no-color`. + Add `--color[=<when>]` and `--no-color`. `OPT__DRY_RUN(&int_var, description)`:: - Add `-n, \--dry-run`. + Add `-n, --dry-run`. `OPT__FORCE(&int_var, description)`:: - Add `-f, \--force`. + Add `-f, --force`. `OPT__QUIET(&int_var, description)`:: - Add `-q, \--quiet`. + Add `-q, --quiet`. `OPT__VERBOSE(&int_var, description)`:: - Add `-v, \--verbose`. + Add `-v, --verbose`. `OPT_GROUP(description)`:: Start an option group. `description` is a short string that describes the group or an empty string. Start the description with an upper-case letter. -`OPT_BOOLEAN(short, long, &int_var, description)`:: - Introduce a boolean option. - `int_var` is incremented on each use. +`OPT_BOOL(short, long, &int_var, description)`:: + Introduce a boolean option. `int_var` is set to one with + `--option` and set to zero with `--no-option`. + +`OPT_COUNTUP(short, long, &int_var, description)`:: + Introduce a count-up option. + `int_var` is incremented on each use of `--option`, and + reset to zero with `--no-option`. `OPT_BIT(short, long, &int_var, description, mask)`:: Introduce a boolean option. @@ -148,8 +154,9 @@ There are some macros to easily define options: If used, `int_var` is bitwise-anded with the inverted `mask`. `OPT_SET_INT(short, long, &int_var, description, integer)`:: - Introduce a boolean option. - If used, set `int_var` to `integer`. + Introduce an integer option. + `int_var` is set to `integer` with `--option`, and + reset to zero with `--no-option`. `OPT_SET_PTR(short, long, &ptr_var, description, ptr)`:: Introduce a boolean option. @@ -198,16 +205,21 @@ There are some macros to easily define options: "auto", set `int_var` to 1 if stdout is a tty or a pager, 0 otherwise. +`OPT_NOOP_NOARG(short, long)`:: + Introduce an option that has no effect and takes no arguments. + Use it to hide deprecated options that are still to be recognized + and ignored silently. + The last element of the array must be `OPT_END()`. If not stated otherwise, interpret the arguments as follows: * `short` is a character for the short option - (e.g. `{apostrophe}e{apostrophe}` for `-e`, use `0` to omit), + (e.g. `'e'` for `-e`, use `0` to omit), * `long` is a string for the long option - (e.g. `"example"` for `\--example`, use `NULL` to omit), + (e.g. `"example"` for `--example`, use `NULL` to omit), * `int_var` is an integer variable, @@ -231,10 +243,10 @@ The function must be defined in this form: The callback mechanism is as follows: * Inside `func`, the only interesting member of the structure - given by `opt` is the void pointer `opt\->value`. - `\*opt\->value` will be the value that is saved into `var`, if you + given by `opt` is the void pointer `opt->value`. + `*opt->value` will be the value that is saved into `var`, if you use `OPT_CALLBACK()`. - For example, do `*(unsigned long *)opt\->value = 42;` to get 42 + For example, do `*(unsigned long *)opt->value = 42;` to get 42 into an `unsigned long` variable. * Return value `0` indicates success and non-zero return diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt index 996da0503a..b7d0d9a8a7 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-revision-walking.txt @@ -56,6 +56,11 @@ function. returning a `struct commit *` each time you call it. The end of the revision list is indicated by returning a NULL pointer. +`reset_revision_walk`:: + + Reset the flags used by the revision walking api. You can use + this to do multiple sequencial revision walks. + Data structures --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-sha1-array.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-sha1-array.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a4bae8109 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-sha1-array.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +sha1-array API +============== + +The sha1-array API provides storage and manipulation of sets of SHA1 +identifiers. The emphasis is on storage and processing efficiency, +making them suitable for large lists. Note that the ordering of items is +not preserved over some operations. + +Data Structures +--------------- + +`struct sha1_array`:: + + A single array of SHA1 hashes. This should be initialized by + assignment from `SHA1_ARRAY_INIT`. The `sha1` member contains + the actual data. The `nr` member contains the number of items in + the set. The `alloc` and `sorted` members are used internally, + and should not be needed by API callers. + +Functions +--------- + +`sha1_array_append`:: + Add an item to the set. The sha1 will be placed at the end of + the array (but note that some operations below may lose this + ordering). + +`sha1_array_sort`:: + Sort the elements in the array. + +`sha1_array_lookup`:: + Perform a binary search of the array for a specific sha1. + If found, returns the offset (in number of elements) of the + sha1. If not found, returns a negative integer. If the array is + not sorted, this function has the side effect of sorting it. + +`sha1_array_clear`:: + Free all memory associated with the array and return it to the + initial, empty state. + +`sha1_array_for_each_unique`:: + Efficiently iterate over each unique element of the list, + executing the callback function for each one. If the array is + not sorted, this function has the side effect of sorting it. + +Examples +-------- + +----------------------------------------- +void print_callback(const unsigned char sha1[20], + void *data) +{ + printf("%s\n", sha1_to_hex(sha1)); +} + +void some_func(void) +{ + struct sha1_array hashes = SHA1_ARRAY_INIT; + unsigned char sha1[20]; + + /* Read objects into our set */ + while (read_object_from_stdin(sha1)) + sha1_array_append(&hashes, sha1); + + /* Check if some objects are in our set */ + while (read_object_from_stdin(sha1)) { + if (sha1_array_lookup(&hashes, sha1) >= 0) + printf("it's in there!\n"); + + /* + * Print the unique set of objects. We could also have + * avoided adding duplicate objects in the first place, + * but we would end up re-sorting the array repeatedly. + * Instead, this will sort once and then skip duplicates + * in linear time. + */ + sha1_array_for_each_unique(&hashes, print_callback, NULL); +} +----------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt index afe2759951..95a8bf3846 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt @@ -255,8 +255,24 @@ same behaviour as well. `strbuf_getline`:: - Read a line from a FILE* pointer. The second argument specifies the line + Read a line from a FILE *, overwriting the existing contents + of the strbuf. The second argument specifies the line terminator character, typically `'\n'`. + Reading stops after the terminator or at EOF. The terminator + is removed from the buffer before returning. Returns 0 unless + there was nothing left before EOF, in which case it returns `EOF`. + +`strbuf_getwholeline`:: + + Like `strbuf_getline`, but keeps the trailing terminator (if + any) in the buffer. + +`strbuf_getwholeline_fd`:: + + Like `strbuf_getwholeline`, but operates on a file descriptor. + It reads one character at a time, so it is very slow. Do not + use it unless you need the correct position in the file + descriptor. `stripspace`:: diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt index 3f575bdcff..5a0c14fceb 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt @@ -29,6 +29,9 @@ member (you need this if you add things later) and you should set the . Can sort an unsorted list using `sort_string_list`. +. Can remove individual items of an unsorted list using + `unsorted_string_list_delete_item`. + . Finally it should free the list using `string_list_clear`. Example: @@ -80,7 +83,9 @@ Functions Insert a new element to the string_list. The returned pointer can be handy if you want to write something to the `util` pointer of the - string_list_item containing the just added string. + string_list_item containing the just added string. If the given + string already exists the insertion will be skipped and the + pointer to the existing item returned. + Since this function uses xrealloc() (which die()s if it fails) if the list needs to grow, it is safe not to check the pointer. I.e. you may @@ -112,6 +117,13 @@ write `string_list_insert(...)->util = ...;`. The above two functions need to look through all items, as opposed to their counterpart for sorted lists, which performs a binary search. +`unsorted_string_list_delete_item`:: + + Remove an item from a string_list. The `string` pointer of the items + will be freed in case the `strdup_strings` member of the string_list + is set. The third parameter controls if the `util` pointer of the + items should be freed or not. + Data structures --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt index 8930b3fabc..9d25b30178 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt @@ -113,9 +113,22 @@ GIT index format are encoded in 7-bit ASCII and the encoding cannot contain a NUL byte (iow, this is a UNIX pathname). + (Version 4) In version 4, the entry path name is prefix-compressed + relative to the path name for the previous entry (the very first + entry is encoded as if the path name for the previous entry is an + empty string). At the beginning of an entry, an integer N in the + variable width encoding (the same encoding as the offset is encoded + for OFS_DELTA pack entries; see pack-format.txt) is stored, followed + by a NUL-terminated string S. Removing N bytes from the end of the + path name for the previous entry, and replacing it with the string S + yields the path name for this entry. + 1-8 nul bytes as necessary to pad the entry to a multiple of eight bytes while keeping the name NUL-terminated. + (Version 4) In version 4, the padding after the pathname does not + exist. + == Extensions === Cached tree diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt index a7004c63e7..49cdc571cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt @@ -60,6 +60,13 @@ process on the server side over the Git protocol is this: "0039git-upload-pack /schacon/gitbook.git\0host=example.com\0" | nc -v example.com 9418 +If the server refuses the request for some reasons, it could abort +gracefully with an error message. + +---- + error-line = PKT-LINE("ERR" SP explanation-text) +---- + SSH Transport ------------- @@ -344,7 +351,7 @@ Then the server will start sending its packfile data. A simple clone may look like this (with no 'have' lines): ---- - C: 0054want 74730d410fcb6603ace96f1dc55ea6196122532d\0multi_ack \ + C: 0054want 74730d410fcb6603ace96f1dc55ea6196122532d multi_ack \ side-band-64k ofs-delta\n C: 0032want 7d1665144a3a975c05f1f43902ddaf084e784dbe\n C: 0032want 5a3f6be755bbb7deae50065988cbfa1ffa9ab68a\n @@ -360,7 +367,7 @@ A simple clone may look like this (with no 'have' lines): An incremental update (fetch) response might look like this: ---- - C: 0054want 74730d410fcb6603ace96f1dc55ea6196122532d\0multi_ack \ + C: 0054want 74730d410fcb6603ace96f1dc55ea6196122532d multi_ack \ side-band-64k ofs-delta\n C: 0032want 7d1665144a3a975c05f1f43902ddaf084e784dbe\n C: 0032want 5a3f6be755bbb7deae50065988cbfa1ffa9ab68a\n diff --git a/Documentation/technical/protocol-common.txt b/Documentation/technical/protocol-common.txt index d30a1b9510..fb7ff084f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/protocol-common.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/protocol-common.txt @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ More specifically, they: . They cannot have ASCII control characters (i.e. bytes whose values are lower than \040, or \177 `DEL`), space, tilde `~`, - caret `{caret}`, colon `:`, question-mark `?`, asterisk `*`, + caret `^`, colon `:`, question-mark `?`, asterisk `*`, or open bracket `[` anywhere. . They cannot end with a slash `/` nor a dot `.`. diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.txt b/Documentation/user-manual.txt index f13a846131..03d95dc290 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.txt +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.txt @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ Checking the repository for corruption The linkgit:git-fsck[1] command runs a number of self-consistency checks on the repository, and reports on any problems. This may take some -time. The most common warning by far is about "dangling" objects: +time. ------------------------------------------------- $ git fsck @@ -1597,9 +1597,11 @@ dangling tree b24c2473f1fd3d91352a624795be026d64c8841f ... ------------------------------------------------- -Dangling objects are not a problem. At worst they may take up a little -extra disk space. They can sometimes provide a last-resort method for -recovering lost work--see <<dangling-objects>> for details. +You will see informational messages on dangling objects. They are objects +that still exist in the repository but are no longer referenced by any of +your branches, and can (and will) be removed after a while with "gc". +You can run `git fsck --no-dangling` to suppress these messages, and still +view real errors. [[recovering-lost-changes]] Recovering lost changes @@ -1609,7 +1611,7 @@ Recovering lost changes Reflogs ^^^^^^^ -Say you modify a branch with `linkgit:git-reset[1] --hard`, and then +Say you modify a branch with +linkgit:git-reset[1] \--hard+, and then realize that the branch was the only reference you had to that point in history. @@ -2868,7 +2870,7 @@ $ git fetch example You can also add a "+" to force the update each time: ------------------------------------------------- -$ git config remote.example.fetch +master:ref/remotes/example/master +$ git config remote.example.fetch +master:refs/remotes/example/master ------------------------------------------------- Don't do this unless you're sure you won't mind "git fetch" possibly @@ -2964,7 +2966,7 @@ As you can see, a commit is defined by: - a tree: The SHA-1 name of a tree object (as defined below), representing the contents of a directory at a certain point in time. -- parent(s): The SHA-1 name of some number of commits which represent the +- parent(s): The SHA-1 name(s) of some number of commits which represent the immediately previous step(s) in the history of the project. The example above has one parent; merge commits may have more than one. A commit with no parents is called a "root" commit, and @@ -3295,15 +3297,12 @@ it is with linkgit:git-fsck[1]; this may be time-consuming. Assume the output looks like this: ------------------------------------------------ -$ git fsck --full +$ git fsck --full --no-dangling broken link from tree 2d9263c6d23595e7cb2a21e5ebbb53655278dff8 to blob 4b9458b3786228369c63936db65827de3cc06200 missing blob 4b9458b3786228369c63936db65827de3cc06200 ------------------------------------------------ -(Typically there will be some "dangling object" messages too, but they -aren't interesting.) - Now you know that blob 4b9458b3 is missing, and that the tree 2d9263c6 points to it. If you could find just one copy of that missing blob object, possibly in some other repository, you could move it into @@ -3364,8 +3363,8 @@ Date: :100644 100644 oldsha... 4b9458b... M somedirectory/myfile ------------------------------------------------ -This tells you that the immediately preceding version of the file was -"newsha", and that the immediately following version was "oldsha". +This tells you that the immediately following version of the file was +"newsha", and that the immediately preceding version was "oldsha". You also know the commit messages that went with the change from oldsha to 4b9458b and with the change from 4b9458b to newsha. @@ -4036,8 +4035,8 @@ $ git ls-files --unmerged Each line of the `git ls-files --unmerged` output begins with the blob mode bits, blob SHA-1, 'stage number', and the filename. The 'stage number' is git's way to say which tree it -came from: stage 1 corresponds to `$orig` tree, stage 2 `HEAD` -tree, and stage3 `$target` tree. +came from: stage 1 corresponds to the `$orig` tree, stage 2 to +the `HEAD` tree, and stage 3 to the `$target` tree. Earlier we said that trivial merges are done inside `git read-tree -m`. For example, if the file did not change @@ -4208,7 +4207,7 @@ commits one by one with the function `get_revision()`. If you are interested in more details of the revision walking process, just have a look at the first implementation of `cmd_log()`; call -`git show v1.3.0{tilde}155^2{tilde}4` and scroll down to that function (note that you +`git show v1.3.0~155^2~4` and scroll down to that function (note that you no longer need to call `setup_pager()` directly). Nowadays, `git log` is a builtin, which means that it is _contained_ in the @@ -4271,9 +4270,9 @@ Two things are interesting here: negative numbers in case of different errors--and 0 on success. - the variable `sha1` in the function signature of `get_sha1()` is `unsigned - char {asterisk}`, but is actually expected to be a pointer to `unsigned + char *`, but is actually expected to be a pointer to `unsigned char[20]`. This variable will contain the 160-bit SHA-1 of the given - commit. Note that whenever a SHA-1 is passed as `unsigned char {asterisk}`, it + commit. Note that whenever a SHA-1 is passed as `unsigned char *`, it is the binary representation, as opposed to the ASCII representation in hex characters, which is passed as `char *`. |